Higher-timeframe requests█ OVERVIEW
This publication focuses on enhancing awareness of the best practices for accessing higher-timeframe (HTF) data via the request.security() function. Some "traditional" approaches, such as what we explored in our previous `security()` revisited publication, have shown limitations in their ability to retrieve non-repainting HTF data. The fundamental technique outlined in this script is currently the most effective in preventing repainting when requesting data from a higher timeframe. For detailed information about why it works, see this section in the Pine Script™ User Manual .
█ CONCEPTS
Understanding repainting
Repainting is a behavior that occurs when a script's calculations or outputs behave differently after restarting it. There are several types of repainting behavior, not all of which are inherently useless or misleading. The most prevalent form of repainting occurs when a script's calculations or outputs exhibit different behaviors on historical and realtime bars.
When a script calculates across historical data, it only needs to execute once per bar, as those values are confirmed and not subject to change. After each historical execution, the script commits the states of its calculations for later access.
On a realtime, unconfirmed bar, values are fluid . They are subject to change on each new tick from the data provider until the bar closes. A script's code can execute on each tick in a realtime bar, meaning its calculations and outputs are subject to realtime fluctuations, just like the underlying data it uses. Each time a script executes on an unconfirmed bar, it first reverts applicable values to their last committed states, a process referred to as rollback . It only commits the new values from a realtime bar after the bar closes. See the User Manual's Execution model page to learn more.
In essence, a script can repaint when it calculates on realtime bars due to fluctuations before a bar's confirmation, which it cannot reproduce on historical data. A common strategy to avoid repainting when necessary involves forcing only confirmed values on realtime bars, which remain unchanged until each bar's conclusion.
Repainting in higher-timeframe (HTF) requests
When working with a script that retrieves data from higher timeframes with request.security() , it's crucial to understand the differences in how such requests behave on historical and realtime bars .
The request.security() function executes all code required by its `expression` argument using data from the specified context (symbol, timeframe, or modifiers) rather than on the chart's data. As when executing code in the chart's context, request.security() only returns new historical values when a bar closes in the requested context. However, the values it returns on realtime HTF bars can also update before confirmation, akin to the rollback and recalculation process that scripts perform in the chart's context on the open bar. Similar to how scripts operate in the chart's context, request.security() only confirms new values after a realtime bar closes in its specified context.
Once a script's execution cycle restarts, what were previously realtime bars become historical bars, meaning the request.security() call will only return confirmed values from the HTF on those bars. Therefore, if the requested data fluctuates across an open HTF bar, the script will repaint those values after it restarts.
This behavior is not a bug; it's simply the default behavior of request.security() . In some cases, having the latest information from an unconfirmed HTF bar is precisely what a script needs. However, in many other cases, traders will require confirmed, stable values that do not fluctuate across an open HTF bar. Below, we explain the most reliable approach to achieve such a result.
Achieving consistent timing on all bars
One can retrieve non-fluctuating values with consistent timing across historical and realtime feeds by exclusively using request.security() to fetch the data from confirmed HTF bars. The best way to achieve this result is offsetting the `expression` argument by at least one bar (e.g., `close [1 ]`) and using barmerge.lookahead_on as the `lookahead` argument.
We discourage the use of barmerge.lookahead_on alone since it prompts the function to look toward future values of HTF bars across historical data, which is heavily misleading. However, when paired with a requested `expression` that includes a one-bar historical offset, the "future" data the function retrieves is not from the future. Instead, it represents the last confirmed bar's values at the start of each HTF bar, thus preventing the results on realtime bars from fluctuating before confirmation from the timeframe.
For example, this line of code uses a request.security() call with barmerge.lookahead_on to request the close price from the "1D" timeframe, offset by one bar with the history-referencing operator [ ] . This line will return the daily price with consistent timing across all bars:
float htfClose = request.security(syminfo.tickerid, "1D", close , lookahead = barmerge.lookahead_on)
Note that:
• This technique only works as intended for higher-timeframe requests .
• When designing a script to work specifically with HTFs, we recommend including conditions to prevent request.security() from accessing timeframes equal to or lower than the chart's timeframe, especially if you intend to publish it. In this script, we included an if structure that raises a runtime error when the requested timeframe is too small.
• A necessary trade-off with this approach is that the script must wait for an HTF bar's confirmation to retrieve new data on realtime bars, thus delaying its availability until the open of the subsequent HTF bar. The time elapsed during such a delay varies with each market, but it's typically relatively small.
👉 Failing to offset the function's `expression` argument while using barmerge.lookahead_on will produce historical results with lookahead bias , as it will look to the future states of historical HTF bars, retrieving values before the times at which they're available in the feed. See the `lookahead` and Future leak with `request.security()` sections in the Pine Script™ User Manual for more information.
Evolving practices
The fundamental technique outlined in this publication is currently the only reliable approach to requesting non-repainting HTF data with request.security() . It is the superior approach because it avoids the pitfalls of other methods, such as the one introduced in the `security()` revisited publication. That publication proposed using a custom `f_security()` function, which applied offsets to the `expression` and the requested result based on historical and realtime bar states. At that time, we explored techniques that didn't carry the risk of lookahead bias if misused (i.e., removing the historical offset on the `expression` while using lookahead), as requests that look ahead to the future on historical bars exhibit dangerously misleading behavior.
Despite these efforts, we've unfortunately found that the bar state method employed by `f_security()` can produce inaccurate results with inconsistent timing in some scenarios, undermining its credibility as a universal non-repainting technique. As such, we've deprecated that approach, and the Pine Script™ User Manual no longer recommends it.
█ METHOD VARIANTS
In this script, all non-repainting requests employ the same underlying technique to avoid repainting. However, we've applied variants to cater to specific use cases, as outlined below:
Variant 1
Variant 1, which the script displays using a lime plot, demonstrates a non-repainting HTF request in its simplest form, aligning with the concept explained in the "Achieving consistent timing" section above. It uses barmerge.lookahead_on and offsets the `expression` argument in request.security() by one bar to retrieve the value from the last confirmed HTF bar. For detailed information about why this works, see the Avoiding Repainting section of the User Manual's Other timeframes and data page.
Variant 2
Variant 2 ( fuchsia ) introduces a custom function, `htfSecurity()`, which wraps the request.security() function to facilitate convenient repainting control. By specifying a value for its `repaint` parameter, users can determine whether to allow repainting HTF data. When the `repaint` value is `false`, the function applies lookahead and a one-bar offset to request the last confirmed value from the specified `timeframe`. When the value is `true`, the function requests the `expression` using the default behavior of request.security() , meaning the results can fluctuate across chart bars within realtime HTF bars and repaint when the script restarts.
Note that:
• This function exclusively handles HTF requests. If the requested timeframe is not higher than the chart's, it will raise a runtime error .
• We prefer this approach since it provides optional repainting control. Sometimes, a script's calculations need to respond immediately to realtime HTF changes, which `repaint = true` allows. In other cases, such as when issuing alerts, triggering strategy commands, and more, one will typically need stable values that do not repaint, in which case `repaint = false` will produce the desired behavior.
Variant 3
Variant 3 ( white ) builds upon the same fundamental non-repainting approach used by the first two. The difference in this variant is that it applies repainting control to tuples , which one cannot pass as the `expression` argument in our `htfSecurity()` function. Tuples are handy for consolidating `request.*()` calls when a script requires several values from the same context, as one can request a single tuple from the context rather than executing multiple separate request.security() calls.
This variant applies the internal logic of our `htfSecurity()` function in the script's global scope to request a tuple containing open and `srcInput` values from a higher timeframe with repainting control. Historically, Pine Script™ did not allow the history-referencing operator [ ] when requesting tuples unless the tuple came from a function call, which limited this technique. However, updates to Pine over time have lifted this restriction, allowing us to pass tuples with historical offsets directly as the `expression` in request.security() . By offsetting all items in a tuple `expression` by one bar and using barmerge.lookahead_on , we effectively retrieve a tuple of stable, non-repainting HTF values.
Since we cannot encapsulate this method within the `htfSecurity()` function and must execute the calculations in the global scope, the script's "Repainting" input directly controls the global `offset` and `lookahead` values to ensure it behaves as intended.
Variant 4 (Control)
Variant 4, which the script displays as a translucent orange plot, uses a default request.security() call, providing a reference point to compare the difference between a repainting request and the non-repainting variants outlined above. Whenever the script restarts its execution cycle, realtime bars become historical bars, and the request.security() call here will repaint the results on those bars.
█ Inputs
Repainting
The "Repainting" input (`repaintInput` variable) controls whether Variant 2 and Variant 3 are allowed to use fluctuating values from an unconfirmed HTF bar. If its value is `false` (default), these requests will only retrieve stable values from the last confirmed HTF bar.
Source
The "Source" input (`srcInput` variable) determines the series the script will use in the `expression` for all HTF data requests. Its default value is close .
HTF Selection
This script features two ways to specify the higher timeframe for all its data requests, which users can control with the "HTF Selection" input (`tfTypeInput` variable):
1) If its value is "Fixed TF", the script uses the timeframe value specified by the "Fixed Higher Timeframe" input (`fixedTfInput` variable). The script will raise a runtime error if the selected timeframe is not larger than the chart's.
2) If the input's value is "Multiple of chart TF", the script multiplies the value of the "Timeframe Multiple" input (`tfMultInput` variable) by the chart's timeframe.in_seconds() value, then converts the result to a valid timeframe string via timeframe.from_seconds() .
Timeframe Display
This script features the option to display an "information box", i.e., a single-cell table that shows the higher timeframe the script is currently using. Users can toggle the display and determine the table's size, location, and color scheme via the inputs in the "Timeframe Display" group.
█ Outputs
This script produces the following outputs:
• It plots the results from all four of the above variants for visual comparison.
• It highlights the chart's background gray whenever a new bar starts on the higher timeframe, signifying when confirmations occur in the requested context.
• To demarcate which bars the script considers historical or realtime bars, it plots squares with contrasting colors corresponding to bar states at the bottom of the chart pane.
• It displays the higher timeframe string in a single-cell table with a user-specified size, location, and color scheme.
Look first. Then leap.
Cari dalam skrip untuk "bar"
YinYang TrendTrend Analysis has always been an important aspect of Trading. There are so many important types of Trend Analysis and many times it may be difficult to identify what to use; let alone if an Indicator can/should be used in conjunction with another. For these exact reasons, we decided to make YinYang Trend. It is a Trend Analysis Toolkit which features many New and many Well Known Trend Analysis Indicators. However, everything in there is added specifically for the reason that it may work well in conjunction with the other Indicators prevalent within. You may be wondering, why bother including common Trend Analysis, why not make everything unique? Ideally, we would, however, you need to remember Trend Analysis may be one of the most common forms of charting. Therefore, many other traders may be using similar Trend Analysis either through plotting manually or within other Indicators. This all boils down to Psychology; you are trading against other traders, who may be seeing some of the similar information you are, and therefore, you may likewise want to see this information. What affects their trading decisions may affect yours as well.
Now enough about Trend Analysis, what is within this Indicator, and what does it do? Well, first let’s quickly mention all of its components, then we will, through a Tutorial, discuss each individually and finally how each comes together as a cohesive whole. This Indicator features many aspects:
Bull and Bear Signals
Take Profit Signals
Bull and Bear Zones
Information Tables displaying: (Boom Meter, Bull/Bear Strength, Yin/Yang State)
16 Cipher Signals
Extremes
Pivots
Trend Lines
Custom Bollinger Bands
Boom Meter Bar Colors
True Value Zones
Bar Strength Indexes
Volume Profile
There are many things to cover within our Tutorial so let's get started, chronologically from the list above.
Tutorial:
Bull and Bear Signals:
We’ve zoomed out quite a bit for this example to help give you a broader aspect of how these Bull and Bear signals work. When a signal appears, it is displaying that there may be a large amount of Bullish or Bearish Trend Analysis occurring. These signals will remain in their state of Bull or Bear until there is enough momentum change that they change over. There are a couple Options within the Settings that dictate when/where/why these signals appear, and this example is using their default Settings of ‘Medium’. They are, Purchase Speed and Purchase Strength. Purchase Speed refers to how much Price Movement is needed for a signal to occur and Purchase Strength refers to how many verifications are required for a signal to occur. For instance:
'High' uses 15 verifications to ensure signal strength.
'Medium' uses 10 verifications to ensure signal strength.
'Low' uses 5 verifications to ensure signal strength.
'Very Low' uses 3 verifications to ensure signal strength.
By default it is set to Medium (10 verifications). This means each verification is worth 10%. The verifications used are also relevant to the Purchase Speed; meaning they will be verified faster or slower depending on its speed setting. You may find that Faster Speeds and Lower Verifications may work better on Higher Time Frames; and Slower Speeds and Higher Verifications may work better on Lower Time Frames.
We will demonstrate a few examples as to how the Speed and Strength Settings work, and why it may be beneficial to adjust based on the Time Frame you’re on:
In this example above, we’ve kept the same Time Frame (1 Day), and scope; but we’ve changed Purchase Speed from Medium->Fast and Purchase Strength from Medium-Very Low. As you can see, it now generates quite a few more signals. The Speed and Strength settings that you use will likely be based on your trading style / strategy. Are you someone who likes to stay in trades longer or do you like to swing trade daily? Likewise, how do you go about identifying your Entry / Exit locations; do you start on the 1 Day for confirmation, then move to the 15/5 minute for your entry / exit? How you trade may determine which Speed and Strength settings work right for you. Let's jump to a lower Time Frame now so you can see how it works on the 15/5 minute.
Above is what BTC/USDT looks like on the 15 Minute Time Frame with Purchase Speed and Strength set to Medium. You may note that the signals require a certain amount of movement before they get started. This is normal with Medium and the amount of movement is generally dictated by the Time Frame. You may choose to use Medium on a Lower Time Frame as it may work well, but it may also be best to change it to a little slower.
We are still on the 15 Minute Time Frame here, however we simply changed Purchase Speed from Medium->Slow. As you can see, lots of the signals have been removed. Now signals may ‘hold their ground’ for much longer. It is important to adjust your Purchase Speed and Strength Settings to your Time Frame and personalized trading style accordingly.
Above we have now jumped down to the 5 Minute Time Frame. Our Purchase Speed is Slow and our Purchase Strength is Medium. We can see it looks pretty good, although there is some signal clustering going on in the middle there. If we change our Settings, we may be able to get rid of that.
We have changed our Purchase Speed from Slow->Snail (Slowest it can go) and Purchase Strength from Medium->Very Low (Lowest it can go). Changing it from Slow-Snail helped get rid of the signal clustering. You may be wondering why we lowered the Strength from Medium->Very Low, rather than going from Medium->High. This is a use case scenario and one you’ll need to decide for yourself, but we noticed when we changed the Speed from Slow->Snail that the signal clustering was gone, so then we checked both High and Very Low for Strengths to see which produced the best looking signal locations.
Please remember, you don’t have to use it the exact way we’ve displayed in this Tutorial. It is meant to be used to suit your Trading Style and Strategy. This is why we allow you to modify these settings, rather than just automating the change based on Time Frames. You’ll likely need to play around with it, as you’ll notice different settings may work better on certain pairs and Time Frames than others.
Take Profit Signals:
We’ve reset our Purchase Settings, everything is on defaults right now at Medium. We’ve enabled Take Profit signals. As you can see there are both Take Profit signals for the Bulls and the Bears. These signals are not meant to be used within automation. In fact, none of this indicator is. These signals are meant to show there has been a strong change in momentum, to such an extent that the signal may switch from its current (Bull or Bear) and now may be a good time to Take Profit. Your Take Profit Settings likewise has a Speed and Strength, and you can set them differently than your Purchase Settings. This is in case you want to Take Profit in a different manner than your Purchase Signals. For instance:
In the example above we’ve kept Purchase Strength and Speed at Medium but we changed our Take Profit Speed from Medium->Snail and our Take Profit Strength from medium->Very Low. This greatly reduces the amount of Take Profit signals, and in some cases, none are even produced. This form of Take Profit may act more as a Trailing Take Profit that if it’s not hit, nothing appears.
In this example we have changed our Purchase Speed from Medium->Fast, our Purchase Strength from Medium->Very Low. We’ve also changed our Take Profit Speed from Snail->Medium and kept our Take Profit Strength on Very Low. Now we may get our signals quicker and likewise our Take Profit may be more rare. There are many different ways you can set up your Purchase and Take Profit Settings to fit your Trading Style / Strategy.
Bull and Bear Zones:
We have disabled our Take Profit locations so that you can see the Bull and Bear Zones. These zones change color when the Signals switch. They may represent some strong Support and Resistance locations, but more importantly may be useful for visualizing changes in momentum and consolidation. These zones allow you to see various Moving Averages; and when they start to ‘fold’ (cross) each other you may see changes in momentum. Whereas, when they’re fully stretched out and moving all in the same direction, it can provide insight that the current rally may be strong. There is also the case where they look like they’re ‘twisted’ together. This happens when all of the Moving Averages are very close together and may be a sign of Consolidation. We will go over a few examples of each of these scenarios so you can understand what we’re referring to.
In this example above, there are a few different things happening. First we have the yellow circle, where the final and slowest Moving Average (MA) crossed over and now all of the MA’s that form the zone are Bullish. You can see this in the white circle where there are no MA’s that are crossing each other. Lastly, within the blue circle, we can see how some of the faster MA’s are crossing under each other. This is a bullish momentum change. The Faster moving MA’s will always be the first ones to cross before the Slower ones do. There is a color scheme in place here to represent the Speed of the MA within the Zone. Light blue is the fastest moving Bull color -> Light Green and finally -> Dark Green. Yellow is the fastest moving Bear color -> Orange and finally -> Red / Dark Red within the Zone.
Next we will review a couple different examples of what Consolidation looks like and why it is very important to look out for. Consolidation is when Most, if not All of the MA’s are very tightly ‘twisted’ together. There is very little spacing between almost all of the MA’s in the example above; highlighted by the white circle. Consolidation is important as it may indicate a strong price movement in either direction will occur soon. When the price is consolidating it means it has had very little upwards or downwards movement recently. When this happens for long enough, MA’s may all get very similar in value. This may cause high volatility as the price tries to break out of Consolidation. Let's look at another example.
Above we have two more examples of what Consolidation looks like and how high Volatility may occur after the Consolidation is broken. Please note, not all Consolidation will create high Volatility but it is something you may want to look out for.
Information Tables displaying: (Boom Meter, Bull/Bear Strength, Yin/Yang State):
Information tables are a very important way of displaying information. It contains 3 crucial pieces of information:
Boom Meter
Bull/Bear Strength
Yin/Yang State
Boom Meter is a meter that goes from 0-100% and displays whether the current price is Dumping (0 - 29%), Consolidating (30 - 70%) or Pumping (71 - 100%). The Boom Meter is meant to be a Gauge to how the price is currently fairing. It is composed of ~50 different calculations that all vary different weights to calculate its %. Many of the calculations it uses are likewise used in other things, such as the Bull/Bear Strength, Bull/Bear Zone MA cross’, Yin/Yang State, Market Cipher Signals, RSI, Volume and a few others. The Boom Meter, although not meant to be used solely to make purchase decisions, may give you a good idea of current market conditions considering how many different things it evaluates.
Bull/Bear Strength is relevant to your Purchase Speed and Strength. It displays which state it is currently in, and the % it is within that state. When a % hits 0, is when the state changes. When states change, they always start at 100% initially and will go down at the rate of Purchase Strength (how many verifications are needed). For instance, if your Purchase Strength is set to ‘Medium’ it will move 10% per verification +/-, if it is set to High, it will move 6.67% per verification +/-. Bull/Bear Strength is a good indicator of how well that current state is fairing. For instance if you started a Long when the state changed to Bull and now it is currently at Bull with 20% left, that may be a good indication it is time to get out (obviously refer to other data as well, but it may be a good way to know that the state is 20% away from transitioning to Bear).
Yin/Yang State is the strongest MA cross within our Indicator. It is unique in the sense that it is slow to change, but not so much that it moves slowly. It isn’t as simple as say a Golden/Death Cross (50/200), but it crosses more often and may hold similar weight as it. Yin stands for Negative (Bearish) and Yang stands for Positive (Bullish). The price will always be in either a state of Yin or Yang, and just because it is in one, doesn’t mean the price can’t/won’t move in the opposite direction; it simply means the price may be favoring the state it is in.
16 Cipher Signals:
Cipher Signals are key visuals of MA cross’ that may represent price movement and momentum. It would be too confusing and hard to decipher these MA’s as lines on a chart, and therefore we decided to use signals in the form of symbols instead. There are 12 Standard and 4 Predictive/Confirming Cipher signals. The Standard Cipher signals are composed of 6 Bullish and 6 Bearish (they all have opposites that balance each other out). There can never be 2 of the same signal in a row, as the Bull and Bear cancel each other out and it's always in a state of one or the other. When all 6 Bullish or Bearish signals appear in a row, very closely together, without any of the opposing signals it may represent a strong momentum movement is about to occur.
If you refer to the example above, you’ll see that the 6 Bullish Cipher signals appeared exactly as mentioned above. Shortly after the Green Circle appeared, there was a large spike in price movement in favor of the Bulls. Cipher signals don’t need to appear in a cluster exactly like the white circle in this photo for momentum to occur, but when it does, it may represent volatility more than if it is broken up with opposing signals or spaced out over a longer time span.
Above is an example of the opposite, where all 6 Bearish Cipher signals appeared together without being broken by a Bullish Cipher signal or being too far spaced out. As you can see, even though past it there was a few Bullish signals, they were quickly reversed back to Bearish before a large price movement occurred in favor of the Bears.
In the example above we’ve changed Cipher signals to Predictive and Confirming. Support Crosses (Green +) and Blood Diamonds (Red ♦) are the normal Cipher Signals that appear within the Standard Set. They are the first Cipher Signal that appears and are the most common ones as well. However, just because they are the first, that doesn’t mean they aren’t a powerful Cipher signal. For this reason, there are Predictive and Confirming Cipher signals for these. The Predictive do just that, they appear slightly sooner (if not the same bar) as the regular and the Confirming appear later (1+ bars usually). There will be times that the Predictive appears, but it doesn’t resort to the Regular appearing, or the Regular appears and the Confirming doesn’t. This is normal behavior and also the purpose of them. They are meant to be an indication of IF they may appear soon and IF the regular was indeed a valid signal.
Extremes:
Extremes are MA’s that have a very large length. They are useful for seeing Cross’ and Support and Resistance over a long period of time. However, because they are so long and slow moving, they might not always be relevant. It’s usually advised to turn them on, see if any are close to the current price point, and if they aren’t to turn them off. The main reason being is they stretch out the chart too much if they’re too far away and they also may not be relevant at that point.
When they are close to the price however, they may act as strong Support and Resistance locations as circled in the example above.
Pivots:
Pivots are used to help identify key Support and Resistance locations. They adjust on their own in an attempt to keep their locations as relevant as possible and likewise will adjust when the price pushes their current bounds. They may be useful for seeing when the Price is currently testing their level as this may represent Overbought or Oversold. Keep in mind, just because the price is testing their levels doesn’t mean it will correct; sometimes with high volatility or geopolitical news, movement may continue even if it is exhibiting Overbought or Oversold traits. Pivots may also be useful for seeing how far the price may correct to, giving you a benchmark for potential Take Profit and Stop Loss locations.
Trend Lines:
Trend Lines may be useful for identifying Support and Resistance locations on the Vertical. Trend Lines may form many different patterns, such as Pennants, Channels, Flags and Wedges. These formations may help predict and drive the price in specific directions. Many traders draw or use Indicators to help create Trend Lines to visualize where these formations will be and they may be very useful alone even for identifying possible Support and Resistance locations.
If you refer to the previous example, and now to this example, you’ll notice that the Trend Line that supported it in 2023 was actually created in June 2020 (yellow circle). Trend Lines may be crucial for identifying Support and Resistance locations on the Vertical that may withhold over time.
Custom Bollinger Bands:
Bollinger Bands are used to help see Movement vs Consolidation Zones (When it's wide vs narrow). It's also very useful for seeing where the correction areas may be. Price may bounce between top and bottom of the Bollinger Bands, unless in a pump or dump. The Boom Meter will show you whether it is currently: Dumping, Consolidation or Pumping. If combined with Boom Meter Bar Colors it may be a good indication if it will break the Bollinger Band (go outside of it). The Middle Line of the Bollinger Band (White Line) may be a very strong support / resistance location. If the price closes above or below it, it may be a good indication of the trend changing (it may indicate one of the first stages to a pump or dump). The color of the Bollinger Bands change based on if it is within a Bull or Bear Zone.
What makes this Bollinger Band special is not only that it uses a custom multiplier, but it also incorporates volume to help add weight to the calculation.
Boom Meter Bar Colors:
Boom Meter Bar Colors are a way to see potential Overbought and Oversold locations on a per bar basis. There are 6 different colors within the Boom Meter bar colors. You have:
Overbought and Very Bullish = Dark Green
Overbought and Slightly Bullish = Light Green
Overbought and Slight Bearish = Light Red
Oversold and Very Bearish = Dark Red
Oversold and Slightly Bearish = Orange
Oversold and Slightly Bullish = Light Purple
When there is no Boom Meter Bar Color prevalent there won’t be a color change within the bar at all.
Just because there is a Boom Meter Bar Color change doesn’t mean you should act on it purchase or sell wise, but it may be an indication as to how that bar is fairing in an Overbought / Oversold perspective. Boom Meter Bar Colors are mainly based on RSI but do take in other factors like price movement to determine if it is Overbought or Oversold. When it comes to Boom Meter Bar Color, you should take it as it is, in the sense that it may be useful for seeing how Individual bars are fairing, but also note that there may be things such as:
When there is Very Overbought (Dark Green) or Very Oversold (Dark Red), during massive pump or dumps, it will maintain this color. However, once it has lost ‘some’ momentum it will likely lose this color.
When there has been a massive Pump or Dump, and there is likewise a light purple or light red, this may mean there is a correction or consolidation incoming.
True Value Zones:
True Value zones are our custom way of displaying something that is similar to a Bollinger Band that can likewise twist like an MA cross. The main purpose of it is to display where the price may reside within. Much like a Bollinger Band it has its High and Low within its zone to specify this location. Since it has the ability to cross over and under, it has the ability to specify what it thinks may be a Bullish or Bearish zone. This zone uses its upper level to display what may be a Resistance location and its lower level to display what may be a Support location. These Support and Resistance locations are based on Momentum and will move with the price in an attempt to stay relevant.
You may use these True Values zones as a gauge of if the price is Overbought or Oversold. When the price faces high volatility and moves outside of the True Value Zones, it may face consolidation or likewise a correction to bring it back within these zones. These zones may act as a guideline towards where the price is currently valued at and may belong within.
Bar Strength Indexes:
Bar Strength Indexes are our way of ranking each bar in correlation to the last few. It is based on a few things but is highly influenced on Open/Close/High/Low, Volume and how the price has moved recently. They may attempt to ‘rate’ each bar and how Bullish/Bearish each of these bars are. The Green number under the bar is its Bullish % and the Red number above the bar is its Bearish %. These %’s will always equal 100% when combined together. Bar Strength Indexes may be useful for seeing when either Bullish or Bearish momentum is picking up or when there may be a reversal / consolidation.
These Bar Strength Indexes may allow you to decipher different states. If you refer to the example above, you may notice how based on how the numbers are changing, you may see when it has entered / exited Bullish, Bearish and Consolidation. Likewise, if you refer to the current bar (yellow circle), you can see that the Bullish % has dropped from 93 to 49; this may be signifying that the Bullish movement is losing momentum. You may use these changes in Bar Indexes as a guide to when to enter / end trades.
Volume Profile:
Volume Profile has been something that has been within TradingView for quite some time. It is a very useful way of seeing at what Horizontal Price there has been the most volume. This may be very useful for seeing not only Support and Resistance locations based on Volume, but also seeing where the majority of Limit Orders are placed. Limit Orders are where traders decide they want to either Buy / Sell but have the order placed so the trade won’t happen until the price reaches a certain amount. Either through many orders from many traders, or a single order from a ‘Whale’ (trader with a lot of capital); you may see Support and Resistance at specific Price Points that have large Volume.
Many Volume Profile Indicators feature a breakdown of all the different locations of volume, along with a Point Of Control (POC) line to designate where the most Volume has been. To try and reduce clutter within our already very saturated Toolkit Indicator, we’ve decided to strip our Volume Profile to only display this POC line. This may allow you to see where the crucial Volume Support and Resistance is without all of the clutter.
You may be wondering, well how important is this Volume Profile POC line and how do I go about using it? Aside from it being a gauge towards where Support and Resistance may be within Volume, it may also be useful for identifying good Long/Short locations. If you think of the line as a ‘Battle’ between the Bulls and Bears, they’re both fighting over that line. The Bears are wanting to break through it downwards, and the Bulls are wanting to break through it upwards. When one side has temporarily won this battle, this means they may have more Capital to push the price in their direction. For instance, if both the Bulls and the Bears are fighting over this POC price, that means the Bears think that price is a good spot to sell; however, the Bulls also deem that price to be a good point to buy. If the Bulls were to win this battle, that means the Bears either canceled their orders to reevaluate, or all of their orders have been completed from the Bulls buying them all. What may happen after that is, if the Bulls were able to purchase all of these Limit Sell Orders, then they may still have more Capital left to continue to pressure the price upwards. The same may be true for if the Bears were to win this ‘Battle’.
How to use YinYang Trend as a cohesive whole:
Hopefully you’ve read and understand how each aspect of this Indicator works on its own, as knowing how/what they each do is important to understanding how it is used as a cohesive whole. Due to the fact that this Toolkit of an Indicator displays so much data, you may find it easier to use and understand when you’re zoomed in a little, somewhat like we are in this example above.
If we refer to the example above, you may like us, deduce a few things:
1. The current price may be VERY Overbought. This may be seen by a few different things:
The Boom Meter Bar Colors have been exhibiting a Dark Green color for 6 bars in a row.
The price has continuously been moving the High (red) Pivot Upwards.
Our Boom Meter displays ‘Pumping’ at 100%.
The price broke through a Downward Trend Line that was created in February of 2022 at 45,000 like it was nothing.
The Bar Strength Index hit a Bullish value of 93%.
The Price broke out of the Bollinger Bands and continues to test its upper levels.
The Low is much greater than our fastest moving MA that creates the Purchase Zones.
The Price is vastly outside of the True Value Zone.
The Bar Strength Index of our current bar is 50% bullish, which is a massive decrease from the previous bar of 93%. This may indicate that a correction is coming soon.
2. Since we’ve identified the current price may be VERY Overbought, next we need to identify if/when/to where it may correct to:
We’ve created a new example here to display potential correction areas. There are a few places it has the ability to correct to / within:
The downward Trend Line (red) below the current bar sitting currently at 32,750. This downward Trend Line is at the same price point as the Fastest MA of our Purchase Zone which may provide some decent Support there.
Between two crucial Pivot heights, within a zone of 30,000 to 31,815. This zone has the second fastest MA from the Purchase Zone right near the middle of it at 31,200 which may act as a Support within the Zone. Likewise there is the Bollinger Band Basis which is also resting at 30,000 which may provide a strong Support location here.
If 30,000 fails there may be a correction all the way to the bottom of our True Value Zone and the top of one of our Extremes at 27,850.
If 27,850 fails it may correct all the way to the bottom of our Purchase Zone / lowest of our Extremes at 27,350.
If all of the above fails, it may test our Volume Profile POC of 26,430. If this POC fails, the trend may switch to Bearish and continue further down to lower levels of Support.
The price can always correct more than the prices mentioned above, but considering overall this Indicator is favoring the Bulls, we will tailor this analysis in Favor of the Bullish Momentum maintaining even during this correction. For these reasons, we think the price may correct between the 30,000 and 31,815 zone before continuing upwards and maintaining this Bullish Momentum.
Please note, these correction estimates are just that, they’re estimates. Aside from the fact that the price is very overbought right now and our Bar Strength Index may be declining (bar hasn’t closed yet); the Boom Meter Strength remains at 100%, meaning there may not be much Bearish momentum changes happening yet. We just want to show you how an Preemptive analysis may be done before there are even Bearish Cipher Signals appearing.
Using this Indicator, you may be able to decipher Entry and Exits. In the previous example, we went over how you may use it to see where a correction (Exit / Take Profit) may be and how far this correction may go. In this example above we will be discussing how to identify Entry locations. We will be discussing a Bullish Buy entry but the same rules apply for a Bearish Sell Entry just the opposite with the Cipher Signals.
If you refer to where we circled in white, this is where the Purchase Zones faced Consolidation. When the Purchase Zones all get tight and close together like that, this may represent Volatility and Momentum in either direction may occur soon.
This was then followed by all 6 of the Standard Cipher Signals closely in succession to each other. This means the Momentum may be favoring the Bulls. If this was likewise all 6 of the Bearish Cipher Signals closely in succession, than the momentum change would favor the Bears.
If you were looking for an entry, and you saw Consolidation with the Purchase Zones and then shortly after you saw the Green Circle and Blue Flag (they can swap order); this may now be a good Entry location.
We will conclude this Tutorial here. Hopefully this has taught you how this Trend Analysis Toolkit may help you locate multiple different types of important Support and Resistance locations; as well as possible Entry and Exit locations.
Settings:
1. Bull/Bear Zones:
1.1. Purchase Speed (Bull/Bear Signals and Take Profit Signals):
Speed determines how much price movement is needed for a signal to occur.
'Sonic' uses the extremities to try and get you the best entry and exit points, but is so quick, its speed may reduce accuracy.
'Fast' may attempt to capitalize on price movements to help you get SOME or attempt to lose LITTLE quickly.
'Medium' may attempt to get you the most optimal entry and exit locations, but may miss extremities.
'Slow' may stay in trades until it is clear that momentum has changed.
'Snail' may stay in trades even if momentum has changed. Snail may only change when the price has moved significantly (This may result in BIG gains, but potentially also BIG losses).
1.2. Purchase Strength (Bull/Bear Signals and Take Profit Signals):
Strength ensures a certain amount of verifications required for signals to happen. The more verifications the more accurate that signal is, but it may also change entry and exit points, and you may miss out on some of the extremities. It is highly advised to find the best combination between Speed and Strength for the TimeFrame and Pair you are trading in, as all pairs and TimeFrames move differently.
'High' uses 15 verifications to ensure signal strength.
'Medium' uses 10 verifications to ensure signal strength.
'Low' uses 5 verifications to ensure signal strength.
'Very Low' uses 3 verifications to ensure signal strength.
2. Cipher Signals:
Cipher Signals are very strong EMA and SMA crosses, which may drastically help visualize movement and help you to predict where the price will go. All Symbols have counter opposites that cancel each other out (YinYang). Here is a list, in order of general appearance and strength:
White Cross / Diamond (Predictive): The initial indicator showing trend movement.
Green Cross / Diamond (Regular): Confirms the Predictive and may add a fair bit of strength to trend movement.
Blue Cross / Diamond (Confirming): Confirms the Regular, showing the trend might have some decent momentum now.
Green / Red X: Gives momentum to the current trend direction, possibly confirming the Confirming Cross/Diamond.
Blue / Orange Triangle: may confirm the X, Possible pump / dump of decent size may be coming soon.
Green / Red Circle: EITHER confirms the Triangle and may mean big pump / dump is potentially coming, OR it just hit its peak and signifies a potential reversal correction. PAY ATTENTION!
Green / Red Flag: Oddball that helps confirm trend movements on the short term.
Blue / Yellow Flag: Oddball that helps confirm trend movements on the medium term (Yin / Yang is the long term Oddball).
3. Bull/Bear Signals:
Bear and Bull signals are where the momentum has changed enough based on your Purchase Speed and Strength. They generally represent strong price movement in the direction of the signal, and may be more reliable on higher TimeFrames. Please don’t use JUST these signals for analysis, they are only meant to be a fraction of the important data you are using to make your technical analysis.
4. Take Profit Signals:
Take Profit signals are guidelines that momentum has started to change back and now may be a good time to take profit. Your Take Profit signals are based on your Take Profit Speed and Strength and may be adjusted to fit your trading style.
5. Information Tables:
Information tables display very important data and help to declutter the screen as they are much less intrusive compared to labels. Our Information tables display: Boom Meter, Purchase Strength of Bull/Bear Zones and Yin/Yang State.
Boom Meter: Uses over 50 different calculations to determine if the pair is currently 'Dumping' (0-29%), 'Consolidating' (30-70%), or 'Pumping' (71-100%).
Bull / Bear Strength: Shows the strength of the current Bull / Bear signal from 0-100% (Signals start at 100% and change when they hit 0%). The % it moves up or down is based on your 'Purchase Strength'.
Yin / Yang state: Is one of the strongest EMA/SMA crosses (long term Oddball) within this Indicator and may be a great indication of which way the price is moving. Do keep in mind if the price is consolidating when changing state, it may have the highest chance of switching back also. Once momentum kicks in and there is price movement the state may be confirmed. Refer to other Cipher Symbols, Extremes, Trend, BOLL, Boom %, Bull / Bear % and Bar colors when Bull / Bear Zones are consolidating and Yin / Yang State changes as this is a very strong indecision zone.
6. Bull / Bear Zones:
Our Bull / Bear zones are composed of 8 very important EMA lengths that may act as not only Support and Resistance, but they help to potentially display consolidation and momentum change. You can tell when they are getting tight and close together it may represent consolidation and when they start to flip over on each other it may represent a change in momentum.
7. MA Extremes:
Our MA Extremes may be 3 of the most important long term moving averages. They don’t always play a role in trades as sometimes they’re way off from the price (cause they’re extreme lengths), but when they are around price or they cross under or over each other, it may represent large changes in price are about to occur. They may be very useful for seeing strong resistance / support locations based on price averages. Extremes may transition from a Support to a Resistance based on its position above or below them and how many times the price has either bounced up off them (Supporting) or Bounced back down after hitting them (Resistance).
8. Pivots:
Pivots may be a very important indicator of support and resistance for horizontal price movement. Pivots may represent the current strongest Support and Resistance. When the Pivot changes, it means a new strong Support or Resistance has been created. Sometimes you'll notice the price constantly pushes the pivot during a massive Pump or Dump. This is normal, and may indicate high levels of volatility. This generally also happens when the price is outside of the Bollinger Bands and is also Over or Undervalued. The price usually consolidates for a while after something like this happens before more drastic movement may occur.
9. Trend Lines:
Trend lines may be one of the best indicators of support and resistance for diagonal price movement. When a Trend Line fails to hold it may be a strong indication of a dump. Keep a close eye to where Upward and Downward Trend Lines meet. Trend lines can create different trading formations known as Pennants, Flags and Wedges. Please familiarize yourself with these formations So you know what to look for.
10. Bollinger Bands (BOLL):
Bollinger Bands may be very useful, and ours have been customized so they may be even more accurate by using a modified calculation that also incorporates volume.
Bollinger Bands may be used to see Movement vs Consolidation Zones (When it’s wide vs narrow). It also may be very useful for seeing where the correction areas are likely to be. Price may bounce between top and bottom of the BOLL, unless perhaps in a pump or dump. The Boom Meter may show you whether it is currently: Dumping, Consolidation or Pumping, along with Boom Meter Bar Colors, may be a good indication if it will break the BOLL. The Middle Line of the BOLL (White Line) may be a very strong support / resistance line. If the price closes above or below it, it may be a good indication of the trend changing (it may be one of the first stages to a pump or dump).
11. Boom Meter Bar Colors:
Boom Meter bar colors may be very useful for seeing when the bar is Overbought or Underbought. There are 6 different types of boom meter bar colors, they are:
Dark Green: RSI may be very Overbought and price going UP (May be in a big pump. NOTICE, chance of small dump correction if Cherry Red bar appears).
Light Green: RSI may be slightly Overbought and price going UP (chance of small pump).
Light Purple: RSI may be very Underbought and price going UP (May have chance of small correction).
Dark Red: RSI may be very Underbought and price going DOWN (May be in a big dump. NOTICE, chance of small pump correction if Light Purple bar appears).
Light Orange: RSI may be slightly Underbought and price going DOWN (chance of small dump).
Cherry Red: RSI may be very Overbought and price going DOWN (Chance of small correction).
12. True Value Zone:
True Value Zones display zones that represent ranges to show what the price may truly belong within. They may be very useful for knowing if the Price is currently not valued correctly, which generally means a correction may happen soon. True Value Zones can swap from Bullish to Bearish and are represented by Red for Bearish and Green for Bullish. For example, if the price is ABOVE and OUTSIDE of the True Value Zone, this means it may be very overvalued and might correct to go back inside the True Value Zone. This correction may be done by either dumping in price back into the zone, or consolidating horizontally back into it over a longer period of time. Vice Versa is also true if it is BELOW and OUTSIDE of the True Value Zone.
13. Bar Strength Index:
Bar Strength Index may display how Bullish/Bearish the current bar is. The strength is important to help see if a pump may be losing momentum or vice versa if a dump may correct. Keep in mind, the Bar Strength Index does a small 'refresh' to account for new bars. It may help to keep the Index more accurate.
14. Volume Profile:
Volume Profiles may be important to know where the Horizontal Support/Resistance is in Price base on Volume. Our Volume Profile may identify the point where the most volume has occurred within the most relevant timeframe. Volume Profiles are helpful at identifying where Whales have their orders placed. The reason why they are so helpful at identifying whales is when the volume is profiled to a specific area, there may likely be lots of Limit Buy and/or Sells around there. Limit Buys may act as Support and Limit Sells may act as Resistance. It may be very useful to know where these lie within the price, similar to looking at Order Book Data for Whale locations.
If you have any questions, comments, ideas or concerns please don't hesitate to contact us.
HAPPY TRADING!
MSFA_LibraryLibrary "MSFA_library"
TODO: add library description here
getDecimals()
Calculates how many decimals are on the quote price of the current market
Returns: The current decimal places on the market quote price
getPipSize(multiplier)
Calculates the pip size of the current market
Parameters:
multiplier (int) : The mintick point multiplier (1 by default, 10 for FX/Crypto/CFD but can be used to override when certain markets require)
Returns: The pip size for the current market
truncate(number, decimalPlaces)
Truncates (cuts) excess decimal places
Parameters:
number (float) : The number to truncate
decimalPlaces (simple float) : (default=2) The number of decimal places to truncate to
Returns: The given number truncated to the given decimalPlaces
toWhole(number)
Converts pips into whole numbers
Parameters:
number (float) : The pip number to convert into a whole number
Returns: The converted number
toPips(number)
Converts whole numbers back into pips
Parameters:
number (float) : The whole number to convert into pips
Returns: The converted number
getPctChange(value1, value2, lookback)
Gets the percentage change between 2 float values over a given lookback period
Parameters:
value1 (float) : The first value to reference
value2 (float) : The second value to reference
lookback (int) : The lookback period to analyze
Returns: The percent change over the two values and lookback period
random(minRange, maxRange)
Wichmann–Hill Pseudo-Random Number Generator
Parameters:
minRange (float) : The smallest possible number (default: 0)
maxRange (float) : The largest possible number (default: 1)
Returns: A random number between minRange and maxRange
bullFib(priceLow, priceHigh, fibRatio)
Calculates a bullish fibonacci value
Parameters:
priceLow (float) : The lowest price point
priceHigh (float) : The highest price point
fibRatio (float) : The fibonacci % ratio to calculate
Returns: The fibonacci value of the given ratio between the two price points
bearFib(priceLow, priceHigh, fibRatio)
Calculates a bearish fibonacci value
Parameters:
priceLow (float) : The lowest price point
priceHigh (float) : The highest price point
fibRatio (float) : The fibonacci % ratio to calculate
Returns: The fibonacci value of the given ratio between the two price points
getMA(length, maType)
Gets a Moving Average based on type (! MUST BE CALLED ON EVERY TICK TO BE ACCURATE, don't place in scopes)
Parameters:
length (simple int) : The MA period
maType (string) : The type of MA
Returns: A moving average with the given parameters
barsAboveMA(lookback, ma)
Counts how many candles are above the MA
Parameters:
lookback (int) : The lookback period to look back over
ma (float) : The moving average to check
Returns: The bar count of how many recent bars are above the MA
barsBelowMA(lookback, ma)
Counts how many candles are below the MA
Parameters:
lookback (int) : The lookback period to look back over
ma (float) : The moving average to reference
Returns: The bar count of how many recent bars are below the EMA
barsCrossedMA(lookback, ma)
Counts how many times the EMA was crossed recently (based on closing prices)
Parameters:
lookback (int) : The lookback period to look back over
ma (float) : The moving average to reference
Returns: The bar count of how many times price recently crossed the EMA (based on closing prices)
getPullbackBarCount(lookback, direction)
Counts how many green & red bars have printed recently (ie. pullback count)
Parameters:
lookback (int) : The lookback period to look back over
direction (int) : The color of the bar to count (1 = Green, -1 = Red)
Returns: The bar count of how many candles have retraced over the given lookback & direction
getBodySize()
Gets the current candle's body size (in POINTS, divide by 10 to get pips)
Returns: The current candle's body size in POINTS
getTopWickSize()
Gets the current candle's top wick size (in POINTS, divide by 10 to get pips)
Returns: The current candle's top wick size in POINTS
getBottomWickSize()
Gets the current candle's bottom wick size (in POINTS, divide by 10 to get pips)
Returns: The current candle's bottom wick size in POINTS
getBodyPercent()
Gets the current candle's body size as a percentage of its entire size including its wicks
Returns: The current candle's body size percentage
isHammer(fib, colorMatch)
Checks if the current bar is a hammer candle based on the given parameters
Parameters:
fib (float) : (default=0.382) The fib to base candle body on
colorMatch (bool) : (default=false) Does the candle need to be green? (true/false)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a hammer candle
isStar(fib, colorMatch)
Checks if the current bar is a shooting star candle based on the given parameters
Parameters:
fib (float) : (default=0.382) The fib to base candle body on
colorMatch (bool) : (default=false) Does the candle need to be red? (true/false)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a shooting star candle
isDoji(wickSize, bodySize)
Checks if the current bar is a doji candle based on the given parameters
Parameters:
wickSize (float) : (default=2) The maximum top wick size compared to the bottom (and vice versa)
bodySize (float) : (default=0.05) The maximum body size as a percentage compared to the entire candle size
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a doji candle
isBullishEC(allowance, rejectionWickSize, engulfWick)
Checks if the current bar is a bullish engulfing candle
Parameters:
allowance (float) : (default=0) How many POINTS to allow the open to be off by (useful for markets with micro gaps)
rejectionWickSize (float) : (default=disabled) The maximum rejection wick size compared to the body as a percentage
engulfWick (bool) : (default=false) Does the engulfing candle require the wick to be engulfed as well?
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a bullish engulfing candle
isBearishEC(allowance, rejectionWickSize, engulfWick)
Checks if the current bar is a bearish engulfing candle
Parameters:
allowance (float) : (default=0) How many POINTS to allow the open to be off by (useful for markets with micro gaps)
rejectionWickSize (float) : (default=disabled) The maximum rejection wick size compared to the body as a percentage
engulfWick (bool) : (default=false) Does the engulfing candle require the wick to be engulfed as well?
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a bearish engulfing candle
isInsideBar()
Detects inside bars
Returns: Returns true if the current bar is an inside bar
isOutsideBar()
Detects outside bars
Returns: Returns true if the current bar is an outside bar
barInSession(sess, useFilter)
Determines if the current price bar falls inside the specified session
Parameters:
sess (simple string) : The session to check
useFilter (bool) : (default=true) Whether or not to actually use this filter
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls within the given time session
barOutSession(sess, useFilter)
Determines if the current price bar falls outside the specified session
Parameters:
sess (simple string) : The session to check
useFilter (bool) : (default=true) Whether or not to actually use this filter
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls outside the given time session
dateFilter(startTime, endTime)
Determines if this bar's time falls within date filter range
Parameters:
startTime (int) : The UNIX date timestamp to begin searching from
endTime (int) : the UNIX date timestamp to stop searching from
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls within the given dates
dayFilter(monday, tuesday, wednesday, thursday, friday, saturday, sunday)
Checks if the current bar's day is in the list of given days to analyze
Parameters:
monday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
tuesday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
wednesday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
thursday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
friday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
saturday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
sunday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar's day is one of the given days
atrFilter(atrValue, maxSize)
Parameters:
atrValue (float)
maxSize (float)
tradeCount()
Calculate total trade count
Returns: Total closed trade count
isLong()
Check if we're currently in a long trade
Returns: True if our position size is positive
isShort()
Check if we're currently in a short trade
Returns: True if our position size is negative
isFlat()
Check if we're currentlyflat
Returns: True if our position size is zero
wonTrade()
Check if this bar falls after a winning trade
Returns: True if we just won a trade
lostTrade()
Check if this bar falls after a losing trade
Returns: True if we just lost a trade
maxDrawdownRealized()
Gets the max drawdown based on closed trades (ie. realized P&L). The strategy tester displays max drawdown as open P&L (unrealized).
Returns: The max drawdown based on closed trades (ie. realized P&L). The strategy tester displays max drawdown as open P&L (unrealized).
totalPipReturn()
Gets the total amount of pips won/lost (as a whole number)
Returns: Total amount of pips won/lost (as a whole number)
longWinCount()
Count how many winning long trades we've had
Returns: Long win count
shortWinCount()
Count how many winning short trades we've had
Returns: Short win count
longLossCount()
Count how many losing long trades we've had
Returns: Long loss count
shortLossCount()
Count how many losing short trades we've had
Returns: Short loss count
breakEvenCount(allowanceTicks)
Count how many break-even trades we've had
Parameters:
allowanceTicks (float) : Optional - how many ticks to allow between entry & exit price (default 0)
Returns: Break-even count
longCount()
Count how many long trades we've taken
Returns: Long trade count
shortCount()
Count how many short trades we've taken
Returns: Short trade count
longWinPercent()
Calculate win rate of long trades
Returns: Long win rate (0-100)
shortWinPercent()
Calculate win rate of short trades
Returns: Short win rate (0-100)
breakEvenPercent(allowanceTicks)
Calculate break even rate of all trades
Parameters:
allowanceTicks (float) : Optional - how many ticks to allow between entry & exit price (default 0)
Returns: Break-even win rate (0-100)
averageRR()
Calculate average risk:reward
Returns: Average winning trade divided by average losing trade
unitsToLots(units)
(Forex) Convert the given unit count to lots (multiples of 100,000)
Parameters:
units (float) : The units to convert into lots
Returns: Units converted to nearest lot size (as float)
skipTradeMonteCarlo(chance, debug)
Checks to see if trade should be skipped to emulate rudimentary Monte Carlo simulation
Parameters:
chance (float) : The chance to skip a trade (0-1 or 0-100, function will normalize to 0-1)
debug (bool) : Whether or not to display a label informing of the trade skip
Returns: True if the trade is skipped, false if it's not skipped (idea being to include this function in entry condition validation checks)
fillCell(tableID, column, row, title, value, bgcolor, txtcolor, tooltip)
This updates the given table's cell with the given values
Parameters:
tableID (table) : The table ID to update
column (int) : The column to update
row (int) : The row to update
title (string) : The title of this cell
value (string) : The value of this cell
bgcolor (color) : The background color of this cell
txtcolor (color) : The text color of this cell
tooltip (string)
Returns: Nothing.
Quantum Reversal Engine [ApexLegion]Quantum Reversal Engine
STRATEGY OVERVIEW
This strategy is constructed using 5 custom analytical filters that analyze different market dimensions - trend structure, momentum expansion, volume confirmation, price action patterns, and reversal detection - with results processed through a multi-component scoring calculation that determines signal generation and position management decisions.
Why These Custom Filters Were Independently Developed:
This strategy employs five custom-developed analytical filters:
1. Apex Momentum Core (AMC) - Custom oscillator with volatility-scaled deviation calculation
Standard oscillators lag momentum shifts by 2-3 bars. Custom calculation designed for momentum analysis
2. Apex Wick Trap (AWT) - Wick dominance analysis for trap detection
Existing wick analysis tools don't quantify trap conditions. Uses specific ratios for wick dominance detection
3. Apex Volume Pulse (AVP) - Volume surge validation with participation confirmation
Volume indicators typically use simple averages. Uses surge multipliers with participation validation
4. Apex TrendGuard (ATG) - Angle-based trend detection with volatility band integration
EMA slope calculations often produce false signals. Uses angle analysis with volatility bands for confirmation
5. Quantum Composite Filter (QCF) - Multi-component scoring and signal generation system
Composite scoring designed to filter noise by requiring multiple confirmations before signal activation.
Each filter represents mathematical calculations designed to address specific analytical requirements.
Framework Operation: The strategy functions as a scoring framework where each filter contributes weighted points based on market conditions. Entry signals are generated when minimum threshold scores are met. Exit management operates through a three-tier system with continued signal strength evaluation determining position holds versus closures at each TP level.
Integration Challenge: The core difficulty was creating a scoring system where five independent filters could work together without generating conflicting signals. This required backtesting to determine effective weight distributions.
Custom Filter Development:
Each of the five filters represents analytical approaches developed through testing and validation:
Integration Validation: Each filter underwent individual testing before integration. The composite scoring system required validation to verify that filters complement rather than conflict with each other, resulting in a cohesive analytical framework that was tested during the development period.
These filters represent custom-developed components created specifically for this strategy, with each component addressing different analytical requirements through testing and parameter adjustment.
Programming Features:
Multi-timeframe data handling with backup systems
Performance optimization techniques
Error handling for live trading scenarios
Parameter adaptation based on market conditions
Strategy Features:
Uses multi-filter confirmation approach
Adapts position holding based on continued signal strength
Includes analysis tools for trade review and optimization
Ongoing Development: The strategy was developed through testing and validation processes during the creation period.
COMPONENT EXPLANATION
EMA System
Uses 8 exponential moving averages (7, 14, 21, 30, 50, 90, 120, 200 periods) for trend identification. Primary signals come from 8/21 EMA crossovers, while longer EMAs provide structural context. EMA 1-4 determine short-term structure, EMA 5-8 provide long-term trend confirmation.
Apex Momentum Core (AMC)
Built custom oscillator mathematics after testing dozens of momentum calculation methods. Final algorithm uses price deviation from EMA baseline with volatility scaling to reduce lag while maintaining accuracy across different market conditions.
Custom momentum oscillator using price deviation from EMA baseline:
apxCI = 100 * (source - emaBase) / (sensitivity * sqrt(deviation + 1))
fastLine = EMA(apxCI, smoothing)
signalLine = SMA(fastLine, 4)
Signals generate when fastLine crosses signalLine at +50/-50 thresholds.
This identifies momentum expansion before traditional oscillators.
Apex Volume Pulse (AVP)
Created volume surge analysis that goes beyond simple averages. Extensive testing determined 1.3x multiplier with participation validation provides reliable confirmation while filtering false volume spikes.
Compares current volume to 21-period moving average.
Requires 1.3x average volume for signal confirmation. This filters out low-volume moves during quiet periods and confirms breakouts with actual participation.
Apex Wick Trap (AWT)
Developed proprietary wick trap detection through analysis of failed breakout patterns. Tested various ratio combinations before settling on 60% wick dominance + 20% body limit as effective trap identification parameters.
Analyzes candle structure to identify failed breakouts:
candleRange = math.max(high - low, 0.00001)
candleBody = math.abs(close - open)
bodyRatio = candleBody / candleRange
upperWick = high - math.max(open, close)
lowerWick = math.min(open, close) - low
upperWickRatio = upperWick / candleRange
lowerWickRatio = lowerWick / candleRange
trapWickLong = showAWT and lowerWickRatio > minWickDom and bodyRatio < bodyToRangeLimit and close > open
trapWickShort = showAWT and upperWickRatio > minWickDom and bodyRatio < bodyToRangeLimit and close < open This catches reversals after fake breakouts.
Apex TrendGuard (ATG)
Built angle-based trend detection after standard EMA crossovers proved insufficient. Combined slope analysis with volatility bands through iterative testing to eliminate false trend signals.
EMA slope analysis with volatility bands:
Fast EMA (21) vs Slow EMA (55) for trend direction
Angle calculation: atan(fast - slow) * 180 / π
ATR bands (1.75x multiplier) for breakout confirmation
Minimum 25° angle for strong trend classification
Core Algorithm Framework
1. Composite Signal Generation
calculateCompositeSignals() =>
// Component Conditions
structSignalLong = trapWickLong
structSignalShort = trapWickShort
momentumLong = amcBuySignal
momentumShort = amcSellSignal
volumeSpike = volume > volAvg_AVP * volMult_AVP
priceStrength_Long = close > open and close > close
priceStrength_Short = close < open and close < close
rsiMfiComboValue = (ta.rsi(close, 14) + ta.mfi(close, 14)) / 2
reversalTrigger_Long = ta.crossover(rsiMfiComboValue, 50)
reversalTrigger_Short = ta.crossunder(rsiMfiComboValue, 50)
isEMACrossUp = ta.crossover(emaFast_ATG, emaSlow_ATG)
isEMACrossDown = ta.crossunder(emaFast_ATG, emaSlow_ATG)
// Enhanced Composite Score Calculation
scoreBuy = 0.0
scoreBuy += structSignalLong ? scoreStruct : 0.0
scoreBuy += momentumLong ? scoreMomentum : 0.0
scoreBuy += flashSignal ? weightFlash : 0.0
scoreBuy += blinkSignal ? weightBlink : 0.0
scoreBuy += volumeSpike_AVP ? scoreVolume : 0.0
scoreBuy += priceStrength_Long ? scorePriceAction : 0.0
scoreBuy += reversalTrigger_Long ? scoreReversal : 0.0
scoreBuy += emaAlignment_Bull ? weightTrendAlign : 0.0
scoreBuy += strongUpTrend ? weightTrendAlign : 0.0
scoreBuy += highRisk_Long ? -1.2 : 0.0
scoreBuy += signalGreenDot ? 1.0 : 0.0
scoreBuy += isAMCUp ? 0.8 : 0.0
scoreBuy += isVssBuy ? 1.5 : 0.0
scoreBuy += isEMACrossUp ? 1.0 : 0.0
scoreBuy += signalRedX ? -1.0 : 0.0
scoreSell = 0.0
scoreSell += structSignalShort ? scoreStruct : 0.0
scoreSell += momentumShort ? scoreMomentum : 0.0
scoreSell += flashSignal ? weightFlash : 0.0
scoreSell += blinkSignal ? weightBlink : 0.0
scoreSell += volumeSpike_AVP ? scoreVolume : 0.0
scoreSell += priceStrength_Short ? scorePriceAction : 0.0
scoreSell += reversalTrigger_Short ? scoreReversal : 0.0
scoreSell += emaAlignment_Bear ? weightTrendAlign : 0.0
scoreSell += strongDownTrend ? weightTrendAlign : 0.0
scoreSell += highRisk_Short ? -1.2 : 0.0
scoreSell += signalRedX ? 1.0 : 0.0
scoreSell += isAMCDown ? 0.8 : 0.0
scoreSell += isVssSell ? 1.5 : 0.0
scoreSell += isEMACrossDown ? 1.0 : 0.0
scoreSell += signalGreenDot ? -1.0 : 0.0
compositeBuySignal = enableComposite and scoreBuy >= thresholdCompositeBuy
compositeSellSignal = enableComposite and scoreSell >= thresholdCompositeSell
if compositeBuySignal and compositeSellSignal
compositeBuySignal := false
compositeSellSignal := false
= calculateCompositeSignals()
// Final Entry Signals
entryCompositeBuySignal = compositeBuySignal and ta.rising(emaFast_ATG, 2)
entryCompositeSellSignal = compositeSellSignal and ta.falling(emaFast_ATG, 2)
Calculates weighted scores from independent modules and activates signals only when threshold requirements are met.
2. Smart Exit Hold Evaluation System
evaluateSmartHold() =>
compositeBuyRecentCount = 0
compositeSellRecentCount = 0
for i = 0 to signalLookbackBars - 1
compositeBuyRecentCount += compositeBuySignal ? 1 : 0
compositeSellRecentCount += compositeSellSignal ? 1 : 0
avgVolume = ta.sma(volume, 20)
volumeSpike = volume > avgVolume * volMultiplier
// MTF Bull/Bear conditions
mtf_bull = mtf_emaFast_final > mtf_emaSlow_final
mtf_bear = mtf_emaFast_final < mtf_emaSlow_final
emaBackupDivergence = math.abs(mtf_emaFast_backup - mtf_emaSlow_backup) / mtf_emaSlow_backup
emaBackupStrong = emaBackupDivergence > 0.008
mtfConflict_Long = inLong and mtf_bear and emaBackupStrong
mtfConflict_Short = inShort and mtf_bull and emaBackupStrong
// Layer 1: ATR-Based Dynamic Threshold (Market Volatility Intelligence)
atr_raw = ta.atr(atrLen)
atrValue = na(atr_raw) ? close * 0.02 : atr_raw
atrRatio = atrValue / close
dynamicThreshold = atrRatio > 0.02 ? 1.0 : (atrRatio > 0.01 ? 1.5 : 2.8)
// Layer 2: ROI-Conditional Time Intelligence (Selective Pressure)
timeMultiplier_Long = realROI >= 0 ? 1.0 : // Profitable positions: No time pressure
holdTimer_Long <= signalLookbackBars ? 1.0 : // Loss positions 1-8 bars: Base
holdTimer_Long <= signalLookbackBars * 2 ? 1.1 : // Loss positions 9-16 bars: +10% stricter
1.3 // Loss positions 17+ bars: +30% stricter
timeMultiplier_Short = realROI >= 0 ? 1.0 : // Profitable positions: No time pressure
holdTimer_Short <= signalLookbackBars ? 1.0 : // Loss positions 1-8 bars: Base
holdTimer_Short <= signalLookbackBars * 2 ? 1.1 : // Loss positions 9-16 bars: +10% stricter
1.3 // Loss positions 17+ bars: +30% stricter
// Dual-Layer Threshold Calculation
baseThreshold_Long = mtfConflict_Long ? dynamicThreshold + 1.0 : dynamicThreshold
baseThreshold_Short = mtfConflict_Short ? dynamicThreshold + 1.0 : dynamicThreshold
timeAdjustedThreshold_Long = baseThreshold_Long * timeMultiplier_Long
timeAdjustedThreshold_Short = baseThreshold_Short * timeMultiplier_Short
// Final Smart Hold Decision with Dual-Layer Intelligence
smartHold_Long = not mtfConflict_Long and smartScoreLong >= timeAdjustedThreshold_Long and compositeBuyRecentCount >= signalMinCount
smartHold_Short = not mtfConflict_Short and smartScoreShort >= timeAdjustedThreshold_Short and compositeSellRecentCount >= signalMinCount
= evaluateSmartHold()
Evaluates whether to hold positions past TP1/TP2/TP3 levels based on continued signal strength, volume confirmation, and multi-timeframe trend alignment
HOW TO USE THE STRATEGY
Step 1: Initial Setup
Apply strategy to your preferred timeframe (backtested on 15M)
Enable "Use Heikin-Ashi Base" for smoother signals in volatile markets
"Show EMA Lines" and "Show Ichimoku Cloud" are enabled for visual context
Set default quantities to match your risk management (5% equity default)
Step 2: Signal Recognition
Visual Signal Guide:
Visual Signal Guide - Complete Reference:
🔶 Red Diamond: Bearish momentum breakdown - short reversal signal
🔷 Blue Diamond: Strong bullish momentum - long reversal signal
🔵 Blue Dot: Volume-confirmed directional move - trend continuation
🟢 Green Dot: Bullish EMA crossover - trend reversal confirmation
🟠 Orange X: Oversold reversal setup - counter-trend opportunity
❌ Red X: Bearish EMA breakdown - trend reversal warning
✡ Star Uprising: Strong bullish convergence
💥 Ultra Entry: Ultra-rapid downward momentum acceleration
▲ VSS Long: Velocity-based bullish momentum confirmation
▼ VSS Short: Velocity-based bearish momentum confirmation
Step 3: Entry Execution
For Long Positions:
1. ✅ EMA1 crossed above EMA2 exactly 3 bars ago [ta.crossover(ema1,ema2) ]
2. ✅ Current EMA structure: EMA1 > EMA2 (maintained)
3. ✅ Composite score ≥ 5.0 points (6.5+ for 5-minute timeframes)
4. ✅ Cooldown period completed (no recent stop losses)
5. ✅ Volume spike confirmation (green dot/blue dot signals)
6. ✅ Bullish candle closes above EMA structure
For Short Positions:
1. ✅ EMA1 crossed below EMA2 exactly 3 bars ago [ta.crossunder(ema1,ema2) ]
2. ✅ Current EMA structure: EMA1 < EMA2 (maintained)
3. ✅ Composite score ≥ 5.4 points (7.0+ for 5-minute timeframes)
4. ✅ Cooldown period completed (no recent stop losses)
5. ✅ Momentum breakdown (red diamond/red X signals)
6. ✅ Bearish candle closes below EMA structure
🎯 Critical Timing Note: The strategy requires EMA crossover to have occurred 3 bars prior to entry, not at the current bar. This attempts to avoid premature entries and may improve signal reliability.
Step 4: Reading Market Context
EMA Ribbon Interpretation:
All EMAs ascending = Strong uptrend context
EMAs 1-3 above EMAs 4-8 = Bullish structure
Tight EMA spacing = Low volatility/consolidation
Wide EMA spacing = High volatility/trending
Ichimoku Cloud Context:
Price above cloud = Bullish environment
Price below cloud = Bearish environment
Cloud color intensity = Momentum strength
Thick cloud = Strong support/resistance
THE SMART EXIT GRID SYSTEM
Smart Exit Grid Approach:
The Smart Exit Grid uses dynamic hold evaluation that continuously analyzes market conditions after position entry. This differs from traditional fixed profit targets by adapting exit timing based on real-time signal strength.
How Smart Exit Grid System Works
The system operates through three evaluation phases:
Smart Score Calculation:
The smart score calculation aggregates 22 signal components in real-time, combining reversal warnings, continuation signals, trend alignment indicators, EMA structural analysis, and risk penalties into a numerical representation of market conditions. MTF analysis provides additional confirmation as a separate validation layer.
Signal Stack Management:
The per-tick signal accumulation system monitors 22 active signal types with MTF providing trend validation and conflict detection as a separate confirmation layer.
Take Profit Progression:
Smart Exit Activation:
The QRE system activates Smart Exit Grid immediately upon position entry. When strategy.entry() executes, the system initializes monitoring systems designed to track position progress.
Upon position opening, holdTimer begins counting, establishing the foundation for subsequent decisions. The Smart Exit Grid starts accumulating signals from entry, with all 22 signal components beginning real-time tracking when the trade opens.
The system operates on continuous evaluation where smartScoreLong and smartScoreShort calculate from the first tick after entry. QRE's approach is designed to capture market structure changes, trend deteriorations, or signal pattern shifts that can trigger protective exits even before the first take profit level is reached.
This activation creates a proactive position management framework. The 8-candle sliding window starts from entry, meaning that if market conditions change rapidly after entry - due to news events, liquidity shifts, or technical changes - the system can respond within the configured lookback period.
TP Markers as Reference Points:
The TP1, TP2, and TP3 levels function as reference points rather than mandatory exit triggers. When longTP1Hit or shortTP1Hit conditions activate, they serve as profit confirmation markers that inform the Smart Exit algorithm about achieved reward levels, but don't automatically initiate position closure.
These TP markers enhance the Smart Exit decision matrix by providing profit context to ongoing signal evaluation. The system recognizes when positions have achieved target returns, but the actual exit decision remains governed by continuous smart score evaluation and signal stack analysis.
TP2 Reached: Enhanced Monitoring
TP2 represents significant profit capture with additional monitoring features:
This approach is designed to help avoid premature profit-taking during trending conditions. If TP2 is reached but smartScoreLong remains above the dynamic threshold and the 8-candle sliding window shows persistent signals, the position continues holding. If market structure deteriorates before reaching TP2, the Smart Exit can trigger closure based on signal analysis.
The visual TP circles that appear when levels are reached serve as performance tracking tools, allowing users to see how frequently entries achieve various profit levels while understanding that actual exit timing depends on market structure analysis.
Risk Management Systems:
Operating independently from the Smart Exit Grid are two risk management systems: the Trap Wick Detection Protocol and the Stop Loss Mechanism. These systems maintain override authority over other exit logic.
The Trap Wick System monitors for conditionBearTrapExit during long positions and conditionBullTrapExit during short positions. When detected, these conditions trigger position closure with state reset, bypassing Smart Exit evaluations. This system recognizes that certain candlestick patterns may indicate reversal risk.
Volatility Exit Monitoring: The strategy monitors for isStrongBearCandle combined with conditionBearTrapExit, recognizing when market structure may be shifting.
Volume Validation: Before exiting on volatility, the strategy requires volume confirmation: volume > ta.sma(volume, 20) * 1.8. This is designed to filter exits on weak, low-volume movements.
The Stop Loss Mechanism operates through multiple triggers including traditional price-based stops (longSLHit, shortSLHit) and early exit conditions based on smart score deterioration combined with negative ROI. The early exit logic activates when smartScoreLong < 1.0 or smartScoreShort < 1.0 while realROI < -0.9%.
These risk management systems are designed so that risk scenarios can trigger protective closure with state reset across all 22 signal counters, TP tracking variables, and smart exit states.
This architecture - Smart Exit activation, TP markers as navigation tools, and independent risk management - creates a position management system that adapts to market conditions while maintaining risk discipline through dedicated protection protocols.
TP3 Reached: Enhanced Protection
Once TP3 is hit, the strategy shifts into enhanced monitoring:
EMA Structure Monitoring: isEMAStructureDown becomes a primary exit trigger
MTF Alignment: The higher timeframe receives increased consideration
Wick Trap Priority: conditionBearTrapExit becomes an immediate exit signal
Approach Differences:
Traditional Fixed Exits:
Exit at predetermined levels regardless of market conditions
May exit during trend continuation
May exit before trend completion
Limited adaptation to changing volatility
Smart Exit Grid Approach:
Adaptive timing based on signal conditions
Exits when supporting signals weaken
Multi-timeframe validation for trend confirmation
Volume confirmation requirements for holds
Structural monitoring for trend analysis
Dynamic ATR-Based Smart Score Threshold System
Market Volatility Adaptive Scoring
// Real-time ATR Analysis
atr_raw = ta.atr(atrLen)
atrValue = na(atr_raw) ? close * 0.02 : atr_raw
atrRatio = atrValue / close
// Three-Tier Dynamic Threshold Matrix
dynamicThreshold = atrRatio > 0.02 ? 1.0 : // High volatility: Lower threshold
(atrRatio > 0.01 ? 1.5 : // Medium volatility: Standard
2.8) // Low volatility: Higher threshold
The market volatility adaptive scoring calculates real-time ATR with a 2% fallback for new markets. The atrRatio represents the relationship between current volatility and price, creating a foundation for threshold adjustment.
The three-tier dynamic threshold matrix responds to market conditions by adjusting requirements based on volatility levels: lowering thresholds during high volatility periods above 2% ATR ratio to 1.0 points, maintaining standard requirements at 1.5 points for medium volatility between 1-2%, and raising standards to 2.8 points during low volatility periods below 1%.
Profit-Loss Adaptive Management:
The system applies different evaluation criteria based on position performance:
Winning Positions (realROI ≥ 0%):
→ timeMultiplier = 1.0 (No additional pressure)
→ Maintains base threshold requirements
→ Allows natural progression to TP2/TP3 levels
Losing Positions (realROI < 0%):
→ Progressive time pressure activated
→ Increasingly strict requirements over time
→ Faster decision-making on underperforming trades
ROI-Adaptive Smart Hold Decision Process:
The strategy uses a profit-loss adaptive system:
Winning Position Management (ROI ≥ 0%):
✅ Standard threshold requirements maintained
✅ No additional time-based pressure applied
✅ Allows positions to progress toward TP2/TP3 levels
✅ timeMultiplier remains at 1.0 regardless of hold duration
Losing Position Management (ROI < 0%):
⚠️ Time-based threshold adjustments activated
⚠️ Progressive increase in required signal strength over time
⚠️ Earlier exit evaluation on underperforming positions
⚠️ timeMultiplier increases from 1.0 → 1.1 → 1.3 based on hold duration
Real-Time Monitoring:
Monitor Analysis Table → "Smart" filter → "Score" vs "Dynamic Threshold"
Winning positions: Evaluation based on signal strength deterioration only
Losing positions: Evaluation considers both signal strength and progressive time adjustments
Breakeven positions (0% ROI): Treated as winning positions - no time adjustments
This approach differentiates between winning and losing positions in the hold evaluation process, requiring higher signal thresholds for extended holding of losing positions while maintaining standard requirements for winning ones.
ROI-Conditional Decision Matrix Examples:
Scenario 1 - Winning Position in Any Market:
Position ROI: +0.8% → timeMultiplier = 1.0 (regardless of hold time)
ATR Medium (1.2%) → dynamicThreshold = 1.5
Final Threshold = 1.5 × 1.0 = 1.5 points ✅ Position continues
Scenario 2 - Losing Position, Extended Hold:
Position ROI: -0.5% → Time pressure activated
Hold Time: 20 bars → timeMultiplier = 1.3
ATR Low (0.8%) → dynamicThreshold = 2.8
Final Threshold = 2.8 × 1.3 = 3.64 points ⚡ Enhanced requirements
Scenario 3 - Fresh Losing Position:
Position ROI: -0.3% → Time pressure activated
Hold Time: 5 bars → timeMultiplier = 1.0 (still early)
ATR High (2.1%) → dynamicThreshold = 1.0
Final Threshold = 1.0 × 1.0 = 1.0 points 📊 Recovery opportunity
Scenario 4 - Breakeven Position:
Position ROI: 0.0% → timeMultiplier = 1.0 (no pressure)
Hold Time: 15 bars → No time penalty applied
Final Threshold = dynamicThreshold only ⚖️ Neutral treatment
🔄8-Candle Sliding Window Signal Rotation System
Composite Signal Counting Mechanism
// Dynamic Lookback Window (configurable: default 8)
signalLookbackBars = input.int(8, "Composite Lookback Bars", minval=1, maxval=50)
// Rolling Signal Analysis
compositeBuyRecentCount = 0
compositeSellRecentCount = 0
for i = 0 to signalLookbackBars - 1
compositeBuyRecentCount += compositeBuySignal ? 1 : 0
compositeSellRecentCount += compositeSellSignal ? 1 : 0
Candle Flow Example (8-bar window):
→
✓ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✓ 🗑️
New Signal Count = 5/8 signals in window
Threshold Check: 5 ≥ signalMinCount (2) = HOLD CONFIRMED
Signal Decay & Refresh Mechanism
// Signal Persistence Tracking
if compositeBuyRecentCount >= signalMinCount
smartHold_Long = true
else
smartHold_Long = false
The composite signal counting operates through a configurable sliding window. The system maintains rolling counters that scan backward through the specified number of candles.
During each evaluation cycle, the algorithm iterates through historical bars, incrementing counters when composite signals are detected. This creates a dynamic signal persistence measurement where recent signal density determines holding decisions.
The sliding window rotation functions like a moving conveyor belt where new signals enter while the oldest signals drop off. For example, in an 8-bar window, if 5 out of 8 recent candles showed composite buy signals, and the minimum required count is 2, the system confirms the hold condition. As new bars form, the window slides forward, potentially changing the signal count and triggering exit conditions when signal density falls below the threshold.
Signal decay and refresh occur continuously where smartHold_Long remains true only when compositeBuyRecentCount exceeds signalMinCount. When recent signal density drops below the minimum requirement, the system switches to exit mode.
Advanced Signal Stack Management - 22-Signal Real-Time Evaluation
// Long Position Signal Stacking (calc_on_every_tick=true)
if inLong
// Primary Reversal Signals
if signalRedDiamond: signalCountRedDiamond += 1 // -0.5 points
if signalStarUprising: signalCountStarUprising += 1 // +1.5 points
if entryUltraShort: signalCountUltra += 1 // -1.0 points
// Trend Confirmation Signals
if strongUpTrend: trendUpCount_Long += 1 // +1.5 points
if emaAlignment_Bull: bullAlignCount_Long += 1 // +1.0 points
// Risk Assessment Signals
if highRisk_Long: riskCount_Long += 1 // -1.5 points
if topZone: tzoneCount_Long += 1 // -0.5 points
The per-tick signal accumulation system operates with calc_on_every_tick=true for real-time responsiveness. During long positions, the system monitors primary reversal signals where Red Diamond signals subtract 0.5 points as reversal warnings, Star Uprising adds 1.5 points for continuation signals, and Ultra Short signals deduct 1.0 points as counter-trend warnings.
Trend confirmation signals provide weighted scoring where strongUpTrend adds 1.5 points for aligned momentum, emaAlignment_Bull contributes 1.0 point for structural support, and various EMA-based confirmations contribute to the overall score. Risk assessment signals apply negative weighting where highRisk_Long situations subtract 1.5 points, topZone conditions deduct 0.5 points, and other risk factors create defensive scoring adjustments.
The smart score calculation aggregates all 22 components in real-time, combining reversal warnings, continuation signals, trend alignment indicators, EMA structural analysis, and risk penalties into a numerical representation of market conditions. This score updates continuously, providing the foundation for hold-or-exit decisions.
MULTI-TIMEFRAME (MTF) SYSTEM
MTF Data Collection
The strategy requests higher timeframe data (default 30-minute) for trend confirmation:
= request.security(syminfo.tickerid, mtfTimeframe, , lookahead=barmerge.lookahead_off, gaps=barmerge.gaps_off)
MTF Watchtower System - Implementation Logic
The system employs a timeframe discrimination protocol where currentTFInMinutes is compared against a 30-minute threshold. This creates different operational behavior between timeframes:
📊 Timeframe Testing Results:
30M+ charts: Full MTF confirmation → Tested with full features
15M charts: Local EMA + adjusted parameters → Standard testing baseline
5M charts: Local EMA only → Requires parameter adjustment
1M charts: High noise → Limited testing conducted
When the chart timeframe is 30 minutes or above, the strategy activates useMTF = true and requests external MTF data through request.security(). For timeframes below 30 minutes, including your 5-minute setup, the system deliberately uses local EMA calculations to avoid MTF lag and data inconsistencies.
The triple-layer data sourcing architecture works as follows: timeframes from 1 minute to 29 minutes rely on chart-based EMA calculations for immediate responsiveness. Timeframes of 30 minutes and above utilize MTF data through the security function, with a backup system that doubles the EMA length (emaLen * 2) if MTF data fails. When MTF data is unavailable or invalid, the system falls back to local EMA as the final safety net.
Data validation occurs through a pipeline where mtf_dataValid checks not only for non-null values but also verifies that EMA values are positive above zero. The system tracks data sources through mtf_dataSource which displays "MTF Data" for successful external requests, "Backup EMA" for failed MTF with backup system active, or "Chart EMA" for local calculations.
🔄 MTF Smart Score Caching & Recheck System
// Cache Update Decision Logic
mtfSmartIntervalSec = input.int(300, "Smart Grid Recheck Interval (sec)") // 5-minute cache
canRecheckSmartScore = na(timenow) ? false :
(na(lastCheckTime) or (timenow - lastCheckTime) > mtfSmartIntervalSec * 1000)
// Cache Management
if canRecheckSmartScore
lastCheckTime := timenow
cachedSmartScoreLong := smartScoreLong // Store current calculation
cachedSmartScoreShort := smartScoreShort
The performance-optimized caching system addresses the computational intensity of continuous MTF analysis through intelligent interval management. The mtfSmartIntervalSec parameter, defaulting to 300 seconds (5 minutes), determines cache refresh frequency. The system evaluates canRecheckSmartScore by comparing current time against lastCheckTime plus the configured interval.
When cache updates trigger, the system stores current calculations in cachedSmartScoreLong and cachedSmartScoreShort, creating stable reference points that reduce excessive MTF requests. This cache management balances computational efficiency with analytical accuracy.
The cache versus real-time hybrid system creates a multi-layered decision matrix where immediate signals update every tick for responsive market reaction, cached MTF scores refresh every 5 minutes for stability filtering, dynamic thresholds recalculate every bar for volatility adaptation, and sliding window analysis updates every bar for trend persistence validation.
This architecture balances real-time signal detection with multi-timeframe strategic validation, creating adaptive trading intelligence that responds immediately to market changes while maintaining strategic stability through cached analysis and volatility-adjusted decision thresholds.
⚡The Execution Section Deep Dive
The execution section represents the culmination of all previous systems – where analysis transforms into action.
🚪 Entry Execution: The Gateway Protocol
Primary Entry Validation:
Entry isn't just about seeing a signal – it's about passing through multiple security checkpoints, each designed to filter out low-quality opportunities.
Stage 1: Signal Confirmation
entryCompositeBuySignal must be TRUE for longs
entryCompositeSellSignal must be TRUE for shorts
Stage 2: Enhanced Entry Validation
The strategy employs an "OR" logic system that recognizes different types of market opportunities:
Path A - Trend Reversal Entry:
When emaTrendReversal_Long triggers, it indicates the market structure is shifting in favor of the trade direction. This isn't just about a single EMA crossing – it represents a change in market momentum that experienced traders recognize as potential high-probability setups.
Path B - Momentum Breakout Entry:
The strongBullMomentum condition is where QRE identifies accelerating market conditions:
Criteria:
EMA1 rising for 3+ candles AND
EMA2 rising for 2+ candles AND
Close > 10-period high
This combination captures those explosive moves where the market doesn't just trend – it accelerates, creating momentum-driven opportunities.
Path C - Recovery Entry:
When previous exit states are clean (no recent stop losses), the strategy permits entry based purely on signal strength. This pathway is designed to help avoid the strategy becoming overly cautious after successful trades.
🛡️ The Priority Exit Matrix: When Rules Collide
Not all exit signals are created equal. QRE uses a strict hierarchy that is designed to avoid conflicting signals from causing hesitation:
Priority Level 1 - Exception Exits (Immediate Action):
Condition: TP3 reached AND Wick Trap detected
Action: Immediate exit regardless of other signals
Rationale: Historical analysis suggests wick traps at TP3 may indicate potential reversals
Priority Level 2 - Structural Breakdown:
Condition: TP3 active AND EMA structure deteriorating AND Smart Score insufficient
Logic: isEMAStructureDown AND NOT smartHold_Long
This represents the strategy recognizing that the underlying market structure that justified the trade is failing. It's like a building inspector identifying structural issues – you don't wait for additional confirmation.
Priority Level 3 - Enhanced Volatility Exits:
Conditions: TP2 active AND Strong counter-candle AND Wick trap AND Volume spike
Logic: Multiple confirmation required to reduce false exits
Priority Level 4 - Standard Smart Score Exits:
Condition: Any TP level active AND smartHold evaluates to FALSE
This is the bread-and-butter exit logic where signal deterioration triggers exit
⚖️ Stop Loss Management: Risk Control Protocol
Dual Stop Loss System:
QRE provides two stop loss modes that users can select based on their preference:
Fixed Mode (Default - useAdaptiveSL = false):
Uses predetermined percentage levels regardless of market volatility:
- Long SL = entryPrice × (1 - fixedRiskP - slipBuffer)
- Short SL = entryPrice × (1 + fixedRiskP + slipBuffer)
- Default: 0.6% risk + 0.3% slippage buffer = 0.9% total stop
- Consistent and predictable stop loss levels
- Recommended for users who prefer stable risk parameters
Adaptive Mode (Optional - useAdaptiveSL = true):
Dynamic system that adjusts stop loss based on market volatility:
- Base Calculation uses ATR (Average True Range)
- Long SL = entryPrice × (1 - (ATR × atrMultSL) / entryPrice - slipBuffer)
- Short SL = entryPrice × (1 + (ATR × atrMultSL) / entryPrice + slipBuffer)
- Automatically widens stops during high volatility periods
- Tightens stops during low volatility periods
- Advanced users can enable for volatility-adaptive risk management
Trend Multiplier Enhancement (Both Modes):
When strongUpTrend is detected for long positions, the stop loss receives 1.5x breathing room. Strong trends often have deeper retracements before continuing. This is designed to help avoid the strategy being shaken out of active trades by normal market noise.
Mode Selection Guidance:
- New Users: Start with Fixed Mode for predictable risk levels
- Experienced Users: Consider Adaptive Mode for volatility-responsive stops
- Volatile Markets: Adaptive Mode may provide better stop placement
- Stable Markets: Fixed Mode often sufficient for consistent risk management
Early Exit Conditions:
Beyond traditional stop losses, QRE implements "smart stops" that trigger before price-based stops:
Early Long Exit: (smartScoreLong < 1.0 OR prev5BearCandles) AND realROI < -0.9%
🔄 State Management: The Memory System
Complete State Reset Protocol:
When a position closes, QRE doesn't just wipe the slate clean – it performs a methodical reset:
TP State Cleanup:
All Boolean flags: tp1/tp2/tp3HitBefore → FALSE
All Reached flags: tp1/tp2/tp3Reached → FALSE
All Active flags: tp1/tp2/tp3HoldActive → FALSE
Signal Counter Reset:
Every one of the 22 signal counters returns to zero.
This is designed to avoid signal "ghosting" where old signals influence new trades.
Memory Preservation:
While operational states reset, certain information is preserved for learning:
killReasonLong/Short: Why did this trade end?
lastExitWasTP1/TP2/TP3: What was the exit quality?
reEntryCount: How many consecutive re-entries have occurred?
🔄 Re-Entry Logic: The Comeback System
Re-Entry Conditions Matrix:
QRE implements a re-entry system that recognizes not all exits are created equal:
TP-Based Re-Entry (Enabled):
Criteria: Previous exit was TP1, TP2, or TP3
Cooldown: Minimal or bypassed entirely
Logic: Target-based exits indicate potentially viable market conditions
EMA-Based Re-Entry (Conditional):
Criteria: Previous exit was EMA-based (structural change)
Requirements: Must wait for EMA confirmation in new direction
Minimum Wait: 5 candles
Advanced Re-Entry Features:
When adjustReEntryTargets is enabled, the strategy becomes more aggressive with re-entries:
Target Adjustment: TP1 multiplied by reEntryTP1Mult (default 2.0)
Stop Adjustment: SL multiplied by reEntrySLMult (default 1.5)
Logic: If we're confident enough to re-enter, we should be confident enough to hold for bigger moves
Performance Tracking: Strategy tracks re-entry win rate, average ROI, and total performance separately from initial entries for optimization analysis.
📊 Exit Reason Analytics: Learning from Every Trade
Kill Reason Tracking:
Every exit is categorized and stored:
"TP3 Exit–Wick Trap": Exit at target level with wick pattern detection
"Smart Exit–EMA Down": Structural breakdown exit
"Smart Exit–Volatility": Volatility-based protection exit
"Exit Post-TP1/TP2/TP3": Standard smart exit progression
"Long SL Exit" / "Short SL Exit": Stop loss exits
Performance Differentiation:
The strategy tracks performance by exit type, allowing for continuous analysis:
TP-based exits: Achieved target levels, analyze for pattern improvement
EMA-based exits: Mixed results, analyze for pattern improvement
SL-based exits: Learning opportunities, adjust entry criteria
Volatility exits: Protective measures, monitor performance
🎛️ Trailing Stop Implementation:
Conditional Trailing Activation:
Activation Criteria: Position profitable beyond trailingStartPct AND
(TP hold active OR re-entry trade)
Dynamic Trailing Logic:
Unlike simple trailing stops, QRE's implementation considers market context:
Trending Markets: Wider trail offsets to avoid whipsaws
Volatile Markets: Tighter offsets to protect gains
Re-Entry Trades: Enhanced trailing to maximize second-chance opportunities
Return-to-Entry Protection:
When deactivateOnReturn is enabled, the strategy will close positions that return to entry level after being profitable. This is designed to help avoid the frustration of watching profitable trades turn into losers.
🧠 How It All Works Together
The beauty of QRE lies not in any single component, but in how everything integrates:
The Entry Decision: Multiple pathways are designed to help identify opportunities while maintaining filtering standards.
The Progression System: Each TP level unlocks new protection features, like achieving ranks in a video game.
The Exit Matrix: Prioritized decision-making aims to reduce analysis paralysis while providing appropriate responses to different market conditions.
The Memory System: Learning from each trade while preventing contamination between separate opportunities.
The Re-Entry Logic: Re-entry system that balances opportunity with risk management.
This creates a trading system where entry conditions filter for quality, progression systems adapt to changing market conditions, exit priorities handle conflicting signals intelligently, memory systems learn from each trade cycle, and re-entry logic maximizes opportunities while managing risk exposure.
📊 ANALYSIS TABLE INTERPRETATION -
⚙️ Enabling Analysis Mode
Navigate to strategy settings → "Testing & Analysis" → Enable "Show Analysis Table". The Analysis Table displays different information based on the selected test filter and provides real-time insight into all strategy components, helping users understand current market conditions, position status, and system decision-making processes.
📋 Filter Mode Interpretations
"All" Mode (Default View):
Composite Section:
Buy Score: Aggregated strength from all 22 bullish signals (threshold 5.0+ triggers entry consideration)
Sell Score: Aggregated strength from all 22 bearish signals (threshold 5.4+ triggers entry consideration)
APEX Filters:
ATG Trend: Shows current trend direction analysis
Indicates whether momentum filters are aligned for directional bias
ReEntry Section:
Most Recent Exit: Displays exit type and timeframe since last position closure
Status: Shows if ReEntry system is Ready/Waiting/Disabled
Count: Current re-entry attempts versus maximum allowed attempts
Position Section (When Active):
Status: Current position state (LONG/SHORT/FLAT)
ROI: Dual calculation showing Custom vs Real ROI percentages
Entry Price: Original position entry level
Current Price: Live market price for comparison
TP Tracking: Progress toward profit targets
"Smart" Filter (Critical for Active Positions):
Smart Exit Section:
Hold Timer: Time elapsed since position opened (bar-based counting)
Status: Whether Smart Exit Grid is Enabled/Disabled
Score: Current smart score calculation from 22-component matrix
Dynamic Threshold: ATR-based minimum score required for holding
Final Threshold: Time and ROI-adjusted threshold actually used for decisions
Score Check: Pass/Fail based on Score vs Final Threshold comparison
Smart Hold: Current hold decision status
Final Hold: Final recommendation based on all factors
🎯 Advanced Smart Exit Debugging - ROI & Time-Based Threshold System
Understanding the Multi-Layer Threshold System:
Layer 1: Dynamic Threshold (ATR-Based)
atrRatio = ATR / close
dynamicThreshold = atrRatio > 0.02 ? 1.0 : // High volatility: Lower threshold
(atrRatio > 0.01 ? 1.5 : // Medium volatility: Standard
2.8) // Low volatility: Higher threshold
Layer 2: Time Multiplier (ROI & Duration-Based)
Winning Positions (ROI ≥ 0%):
→ timeMultiplier = 1.0 (No time pressure, regardless of hold duration)
Losing Positions (ROI < 0%):
→ holdTimer ≤ 8 bars: timeMultiplier = 1.0 (Early stage, standard requirements)
→ holdTimer 9-16 bars: timeMultiplier = 1.1 (10% stricter requirements)
→ holdTimer 17+ bars: timeMultiplier = 1.3 (30% stricter requirements)
Layer 3: Final Threshold Calculation
finalThreshold = dynamicThreshold × timeMultiplier
Examples:
- Winning Position: 2.8 × 1.0 = 2.8 (Always standard)
- Losing Position (Early): 2.8 × 1.0 = 2.8 (Same as winning initially)
- Losing Position (Extended): 2.8 × 1.3 = 3.64 (Much stricter)
Real-Time Debugging Display:
Smart Exit Section shows:
Score: 3.5 → Current smartScoreLong/Short value
Dynamic Threshold: 2.8 → Base ATR-calculated threshold
Final Threshold: 3.64 (ATR×1.3) → Actual threshold used for decisions
Score Check: FAIL (3.5 vs 3.64) → Pass/Fail based on final comparison
Final Hold: NO HOLD → Actual system decision
Position Status Indicators:
Winner + Early: ATR×1.0 (No pressure)
Winner + Extended: ATR×1.0 (No pressure - winners can run indefinitely)
Loser + Early: ATR×1.0 (Recovery opportunity)
Loser + Extended: ATR×1.1 or ATR×1.3 (Increasing pressure to exit)
MTF Section:
Data Source: Shows whether using MTF Data/EMA Backup/Local EMA
Timeframe: Configured watchtower timeframe setting
Data Valid: Confirms successful MTF data retrieval status
Trend Signal: Higher timeframe directional bias analysis
Close Price: MTF price data availability confirmation
"Composite" Filter:
Composite Section:
Buy Score: Real-time weighted scoring from multiple indicators
Sell Score: Opposing directional signal strength
Threshold: Minimum scores required for signal activation
Components:
Flash/Blink: Momentum acceleration indicators (F = Flash active, B = Blink active)
Individual filter contributions showing which specific signals are firing
"ReEntry" Filter:
ReEntry System:
System: Shows if re-entry feature is Enabled/Disabled
Eligibility: Conditions for new entries in each direction
Performance: Success metrics of re-entry attempts when enabled
🎯 Key Status Indicators
Status Column Symbols:
✓ = Condition met / System active / Signal valid
✗ = Condition not met / System inactive / No signal
⏳ = Cooldown active (waiting period)
✅ = Ready state / Good condition
🔄 = Processing / Transitioning state
🔍 Critical Reading Guidelines
For Active Positions - Smart Exit Priority Reading:
1. First Check Position Type:
ROI ≥ 0% = Winning Position (Standard requirements)
ROI < 0% = Losing Position (Progressive requirements)
2. Check Hold Duration:
Early Stage (≤8 bars): Standard multiplier regardless of ROI
Extended Stage (9-16 bars): Slight pressure on losing positions
Long Stage (17+ bars): Strong pressure on losing positions
3. Score vs Final Threshold Analysis:
Score ≥ Final Threshold = HOLD (Continue position)
Score < Final Threshold = EXIT (Close position)
Watch for timeMultiplier changes as position duration increases
4. Understanding "Why No Hold?"
Common scenarios when Score Check shows FAIL:
Losing position held too long (timeMultiplier increased to 1.1 or 1.3)
Low volatility period (dynamic threshold raised to 2.8)
Signal deterioration (smart score dropped below required level)
MTF conflict (higher timeframe opposing position direction)
For Entry Signal Analysis:
Composite Score Reading: Signal strength relative to threshold requirements
Component Analysis: Individual filter contributions to overall score
EMA Structure: Confirm 3-bar crossover requirement met
Cooldown Status: Ensure sufficient time passed since last exit
For ReEntry Opportunities (when enabled):
System Status: Availability and eligibility for re-engagement
Exit Type Analysis: TP-based exits enable immediate re-entry, SL-based exits require cooldown
Condition Monitoring: Requirements for potential re-entry signals
Debugging Common Issues:
Issue: "Score is high but no hold?"
→ Check Final Threshold vs Score (not Dynamic Threshold)
→ Losing position may have increased timeMultiplier
→ Extended hold duration applying pressure
Issue: "Why different thresholds for same score?"
→ Position ROI status affects multiplier
→ Time elapsed since entry affects multiplier
→ Market volatility affects base threshold
Issue: "MTF conflicts with local signals?"
→ Higher timeframe trend opposing position
→ System designed to exit on MTF conflicts
→ Check MTF Data Valid status
⚡ Performance Optimization Notes
For Better Performance:
Analysis table updates may impact performance on some devices
Use specific filters rather than "All" mode for focused monitoring
Consider disabling during live trading for optimal chart performance
Enable only when needed for debugging or analysis
Strategic Usage:
Monitor "Smart" filter when positions are active for exit timing decisions
Use "Composite" filter during setup phases for signal strength analysis
Reference "ReEntry" filter after position closures for re-engagement opportunities
Track Final Threshold changes to understand exit pressure evolution
Advanced Debugging Workflow:
Position Entry Analysis:
Check Composite score vs threshold
Verify EMA crossover timing (3 bars prior)
Confirm cooldown completion
Hold Decision Monitoring:
Track Score vs Final Threshold progression
Monitor timeMultiplier changes over time
Watch for MTF conflicts
Exit Timing Analysis:
Identify which threshold layer caused exit
Track performance by exit type
Analyze re-entry eligibility
This analysis system provides transparency into strategy decision-making processes, allowing users to understand how signals are generated and positions are managed according to the programmed logic during various market conditions and position states.
SIGNAL TYPES AND CHARACTERISTICS
🔥 Core Momentum Signals
Flash Signal
Calculation: ta.rma(math.abs(close - close ), 5) > ta.sma(math.abs(close - close ), 7)
Purpose: Detects sudden price acceleration using smoothed momentum comparison
Characteristics: Triggers when recent price movement exceeds historical average movement
Usage: Primary momentum confirmation across multiple composite calculations
Weight: 1.3 points in composite scoring
Blink Signal
Calculation: math.abs(ta.change(close, 1)) > ta.sma(math.abs(ta.change(close, 1)), 5)
Purpose: Identifies immediate price velocity spikes
Characteristics: More sensitive than Flash, captures single-bar momentum bursts
Usage: Secondary momentum confirmation, often paired with Flash
Weight: 1.3 points in composite scoring
⚡ Advanced Composite Signals
Apex Pulse Signal
Calculation: apexAngleValue > 30 or apexAngleValue < -30
Purpose: Detects extreme EMA angle momentum
Characteristics: Identifies when trend angle exceeds ±30 degrees
Usage: Confirms directional momentum strength in trend-following scenarios
Pressure Surge Signal
Calculation: volSpike_AVP and strongTrendUp_ATG
Purpose: Combines volume expansion with trend confirmation
Characteristics: Requires both volume spike and strong uptrend simultaneously
Usage: bullish signal for trend continuation
Shift Wick Signal
Calculation: ta.crossunder(ema1, ema2) and isWickTrapDetected and directionFlip
Purpose: Detects bearish reversal with wick trap confirmation
Characteristics: Combines EMA crossunder with upper wick dominance and directional flip
Usage: Reversal signal for trend change identification
🛡️ Trap Exit Protection Signals
Bear Trap Exit
Calculation: isUpperWickTrap and isBearEngulfNow
Conditions: Previous bullish candle with 80%+ upper wick, followed by current bearish engulfing
Purpose: Emergency exit signal for long positions
Priority: Highest - overrides all other hold conditions
Action: Immediate position closure with full state reset
Bull Trap Exit
Calculation: isLowerWickTrap and isBullEngulfNow
Conditions: Previous bearish candle with 80%+ lower wick, followed by current bullish engulfing
Purpose: Emergency exit signal for short positions
Priority: Highest - overrides all other hold conditions
Action: Immediate position closure with full state reset
📊 Technical Analysis Foundation Signals
RSI-MFI Hybrid System
Base Calculation: (ta.rsi(close, 14) + ta.mfi(close, 14)) / 2
Oversold Threshold: < 35
Overbought Threshold: > 65
Weak Condition: < 35 and declining
Strong Condition: > 65 and rising
Usage: Momentum confirmation and reversal identification
ADX-DMI Trend Classification
Strong Up Trend: (adx > 25 and diplus > diminus and (diplus - diminus) > 5) or (ema1 > ema2 and ema2 > ema3 and ta.rising(ema2, 3))
Strong Down Trend: (adx > 20 and diminus > diplus - 5) or (ema1 < ema2 and ta.falling(ema1, 3))
Trend Weakening: adx < adx and adx < adx
Usage: Primary trend direction confirmation
Bollinger Band Squeeze Detection
Calculation: bbWidth < ta.lowest(bbWidth, 20) * 1.2
Purpose: Identifies low volatility periods before breakouts
Usage: Entry filter - avoids trades during consolidation
🎨 Visual Signal Indicators
Red X Signal
Calculation: isBearCandle and ta.crossunder(ema1, ema2)
Visual: Red X above price
Purpose: Bearish EMA crossunder with confirming candle
Composite Weight: +1.0 for short positions, -1.0 for long positions
Characteristics: Simple but effective trend change indicator
Green Dot Signal
Calculation: isBullCandle and ta.crossover(ema1, ema2)
Visual: Green dot below price
Purpose: Bullish EMA crossover with confirming candle
Composite Weight: +1.0 for long positions, -1.0 for short positions
Characteristics: Entry confirmation for trend-following strategies
Blue Diamond Signal
Trigger Conditions: amcBuySignal and score >= 4
Scoring Components: 11 different technical conditions
Key Requirements: AMC bullish + momentum rise + EMA expansion + volume confirmation
Visual: Blue diamond below price
Purpose: Bullish reversal or continuation signal
Characteristics: Multi-factor confirmation requiring 4+ technical alignments
Red Diamond Signal
Trigger Conditions: amcSellSignal and score >= 5
Scoring Components: 11 different technical conditions (stricter than Blue Diamond)
Key Requirements: AMC bearish + momentum crash + EMA compression + volume decline
Visual: Red diamond above price
Purpose: Potential bearish reversal or continuation signal
Characteristics: Requires higher threshold (5 vs 4) for more selective triggering
🔵 Specialized Detection Signals
Blue Dot Signal
Calculation: volumePulse and isCandleStrong and volIsHigh
Requirements: Volume > 2.0x MA, strong candle body > 35% of range, volume MA > 55
Purpose: Volume-confirmed momentum signal
Visual: Blue dot above price
Characteristics: Volume-centric signal for high-liquidity environments
Orange X Signal
Calculation: Complex multi-factor oversold reversal detection
Requirements: AMC oversold + wick trap + flash/blink + RSI-MFI oversold + bullish flip
Purpose: Oversold bounce signal with multiple confirmations
Visual: Orange X below price
Characteristics: Reversal signal requiring 5+ simultaneous conditions
VSS (Velocity Signal System)
Components: Volume spike + EMA angle + trend direction
Buy Signal: vssTrigger and vssTrendDir == 1
Sell Signal: vssTrigger and vssTrendDir == -1
Visual: Green/Red triangles
Purpose: Velocity-based momentum detection
Characteristics: Fast-response signal for momentum trading
⭐ Elite Composite Signals
Star Uprising Signal
Base Requirements: entryCompositeBuySignal and echoBodyLong and strongUpTrend and isAMCUp
Additional Confirmations: RSI hybrid strong + not high risk
Special Conditions: At bottom zone OR RSI bottom bounce OR strong volume bounce
Visual: Star symbol below price
Purpose: Bullish reversal signal from oversold conditions
Characteristics: Most selective bullish signal requiring multiple confirmations
Ultra Short Signal
Scoring System: 7-component scoring requiring 4+ points
Key Components: EMA trap + volume decline + RSI weakness + composite confirmation
Additional Requirements: Falling EMA structure + volume spike + flash confirmation
Visual: Explosion emoji above price
Purpose: Aggressive short entry for trend reversal or continuation
Characteristics: Complex multi-layered signal for experienced short selling
🎯 Composite Signal Architecture
Enhanced Composite Scoring
Long Composite: 15+ weighted components including structure, momentum, flash/blink, volume, price action, reversal triggers, trend alignment
Short Composite: Mirror structure with bearish bias
Threshold: 5.0 points required for signal activation
Conflict Resolution: If both long and short signals trigger simultaneously, both are disabled
Final Validation: Requires EMA momentum confirmation (ta.rising(emaFast_ATG, 2) for longs, ta.falling(emaFast_ATG, 2) for shorts)
Risk Assessment Integration
High Risk Long: RSI > 70 OR close > upper Bollinger Band 80%
High Risk Short: RSI < 30 OR close < lower Bollinger Band 80%
Zone Analysis: Top zone (95% of 50-bar high) vs Bottom zone (105% of 50-bar low)
Risk Penalty: High risk conditions subtract 1.5 points from composite scores
This signal architecture creates a multi-layered detection system where simple momentum signals provide foundation, technical analysis adds structure, visual indicators offer clarity, specialized detectors capture different market conditions, and composite signals identify potential opportunities while integrated risk assessment is designed to filter risky entries.
VISUAL FEATURES SHOWCASE
Ichimoku Cloud Visualization
Dynamic Color Intensity: Cloud transparency adapts to momentum strength - darker colors indicate stronger directional moves, while lighter transparency shows weakening momentum phases.
Gradient Color Mapping: Bullish momentum renders blue-purple spectrum with increasing opacity, while bearish momentum displays corresponding color gradients with intensity-based transparency.
Real-time Momentum Feedback: Color saturation provides immediate visual feedback on market structure strength, allowing traders to assess levels at a glance without additional indicators.
EMA Ribbon Bands
The 8-level exponential moving average system creates a comprehensive trend structure map with gradient color coding.
Signal Type Visualization
STRATEGY PROPERTIES & BACKTESTING DISCLOSURE
📊 Default Strategy Configuration:
✅ Initial Capital: 100,000 USD (realistic for average traders)
✅ Commission: 0.075% per trade (realistic exchange fees)
✅ Slippage: 3 ticks (market impact consideration)
✅ Position Size: 5% equity per trade (sustainable risk level)
✅ Pyramiding: Disabled (single position management)
✅ Sample Size: 185 trades over 12-month backtesting period
✅ Risk Management: Adaptive stop loss with maximum 1% risk per trade
COMPREHENSIVE BACKTESTING RESULTS
Testing Period & Market Conditions:
Backtesting Period: June 25, 2024 - June 25, 2025 (12 months)
Timeframe: 15-minute charts (MTF system active)
Market: BTCUSDT (Bitcoin/Tether)
Market Conditions: Full market cycle including volatility periods
Deep Backtesting: Enabled for maximum accuracy
📈 Performance Summary:
Total Return: +2.19% (+2,193.59 USDT)
Total Trades Executed: 185 trades
Win Rate: 34.05% (63 winning trades out of 185)
Profit Factor: 1.295 (gross profit ÷ gross loss)
Maximum Drawdown: 0.65% (653.17 USDT)
Risk-Adjusted Returns: Consistent with conservative risk management approach
📊 Detailed Trade Analysis:
Position Distribution:
Long Positions: 109 trades (58.9%) | Win Rate: 36.70%
Short Positions: 76 trades (41.1%) | Win Rate: 30.26%
Average Trade Duration: Optimized for 15-minute timeframe efficiency
Profitability Metrics:
Average Profit per Trade: 11.74 USDT (0.23%)
Average Winning Trade: 151.17 USDT (3.00%)
Average Losing Trade: 60.27 USDT (1.20%)
Win/Loss Ratio: 2.508 (winners are 2.5x larger than losses)
Largest Single Win: 436.02 USDT (8.69%)
Largest Single Loss: 107.41 USDT (controlled risk management)
💰 Financial Performance Breakdown:
Gross Profit: 9,523.93 USDT (9.52% of capital)
Gross Loss: 7,352.48 USDT (7.35% of capital)
Net Profit After Costs: 2,171.44 USDT (2.17%)
Commission Costs: 1,402.47 USDT (realistic trading expenses)
Maximum Equity Run-up: 2,431.66 USDT (2.38%)
⚖️ Risk Management Validation:
Maximum Drawdown: 0.65% showing controlled risk management
Drawdown Recovery: Consistent equity curve progression
Risk per Trade: Successfully maintained below 1.5% per position
Position Sizing: 5% equity allocation proved sustainable throughout testing period
📋 Strategy Performance Characteristics:
✅ Strengths Demonstrated:
Controlled Risk: Maximum drawdown well below industry standards (< 1%)
Positive Expectancy: Win/loss ratio of 2.5+ creates profitable edge
Consistent Performance: Steady equity curve without extreme volatility
Realistic Costs: Includes actual commission and slippage impacts
Sample Size: 185 trades during testing period
⚠️ Performance Considerations:
Win Rate: 34% win rate requires discipline to follow system signals
Market Dependency: Performance may vary significantly in different market conditions
Timeframe Sensitivity: Optimized for 15-minute charts; other timeframes may show different results
Slippage Impact: Real trading conditions may affect actual performance
📊 Benchmark Comparison:
Strategy Return: +2.19% over 12 months
Buy & Hold Bitcoin: +71.12% over same period
Strategy Advantage: Significantly lower drawdown and volatility
Risk-Adjusted Performance: Different risk profile compared to holding cryptocurrency
🎯 Real-World Application Insights:
Expected Trading Frequency:
Average: 15.4 trades per month (185 trades ÷ 12 months)
Weekly Frequency: Approximately 3-4 trades per week
Active Management: Requires regular monitoring during market hours
Capital Requirements:
Minimum Used in Testing: $10,000 for sustainable position sizing
Tested Range: $50,000-$100,000 for comfortable risk management
Commission Impact: 0.075% per trade totaled 1.4% of capital over 12 months
⚠️ IMPORTANT BACKTESTING DISCLAIMERS:
📈 Performance Reality:
Past performance does not guarantee future results. Backtesting results represent hypothetical performance and may not reflect actual trading outcomes due to market changes, execution differences, and emotional factors.
🔄 Market Condition Dependency:
This strategy's performance during the tested period may not be representative of performance in different market conditions, volatility regimes, or trending vs. sideways markets.
💸 Cost Considerations:
Actual trading costs may vary based on broker selection, market conditions, and trade size. Commission rates and slippage assumptions may differ from real-world execution.
🎯 Realistic Expectations:
The 34% win rate requires psychological discipline to continue following signals during losing streaks. Risk management and position sizing are critical for replicating these results.
⚡ Technology Dependencies:
Strategy performance assumes reliable internet connection, platform stability, and timely signal execution. Technical failures may impact actual results.
CONFIGURATION OPTIMIZATION
5-Minute Timeframe Optimization (Advanced Users Only)
⚠️ Important Warning: 5-minute timeframes operate without MTF confirmation, resulting in reduced signal quality and higher false signal rates.
Example 5-Minute Parameters:
Composite Thresholds: Long 6.5, Short 7.0 (vs 15M default 5.0/5.4)
Signal Lookback Bars: 12 (vs 15M default 8)
Volume Multiplier: 2.2 (vs 15M default 1.8)
MTF Timeframe: Disabled (automatic below 30M)
Risk Management Adjustments:
Position Size: Reduce to 3% (vs 5% default)
TP1: 0.8%, TP2: 1.2%, TP3: 2.0% (tighter targets)
SL: 0.8% (tighter stop loss)
Cooldown Minutes: 8 (vs 5 default)
Usage Notes for 5-Minute Trading:
- Wait for higher composite scores before entry
- Require stronger volume confirmation
- Monitor EMA structure more closely
15-Minute Scalping Setup:
TP1: 1.0%, TP2: 1.5%, TP3: 2.5%
Composite Threshold: 5.0 (higher filtering)
TP ATR Multiplier: 7.0
SL ATR Multiplier: 2.5
Volume Multiplier: 1.8 (requires stronger confirmation)
Hold Time: 2 bars minimum
3-Hour Swing Setup:
TP1: 2.0%, TP2: 4.0%, TP3: 8.0%
Composite Threshold: 4.5 (more signals)
TP ATR Multiplier: 8.0
SL ATR Multiplier: 3.2
Volume Multiplier: 1.2
Hold Time: 6 bars minimum
Market-Specific Adjustments
High Volatility Periods:
Increase ATR multipliers (TP: 2.0x, SL: 1.2x)
Raise composite thresholds (+0.5 points)
Reduce position size
Enable cooldown periods
Low Volatility Periods:
Decrease ATR multipliers (TP: 1.2x, SL: 0.8x)
Lower composite thresholds (-0.3 points)
Standard position sizing
Disable extended cooldowns
News Events:
Temporarily disable strategy 30 minutes before major releases
Increase volume requirements (2.0x multiplier)
Reduce position sizes by 50%
Monitor for unusual price action
RISK MANAGEMENT
Dual ROI System: Adaptive vs Fixed Mode
Adaptive RR Mode:
Uses ATR (Average True Range) for automatic adjustment
TP1: 1.0x ATR from entry price
TP2: 1.5x ATR from entry price
TP3: 2.0x ATR from entry price
Stop Loss: 1.0x ATR from entry price
Automatically adjusts to market volatility
Fixed Percentage Mode:
Uses predetermined percentage levels
TP1: 1.0% (default)
TP2: 1.5% (default)
TP3: 2.5% (default)
Stop Loss: 0.9% total (0.6% risk tolerance + 0.3% slippage buffer)(default)
Consistent levels regardless of volatility
Mode Selection: Enable "Use Adaptive RR" for ATR-based targets, disable for fixed percentages. Adaptive mode works better in varying volatility conditions, while fixed mode provides predictable risk/reward ratios.
Stop Loss Management
In Adaptive SL Mode:
Automatically scales with market volatility
Tight stops during low volatility (smaller ATR)
Wider stops during high volatility (larger ATR)
Include 0.3% slippage buffer in both modes
In Fixed Mode:
Consistent percentage-based stops
2% for crypto, 1.5% for forex, 1% for stocks
Manual adjustment needed for different market conditions
Trailing Stop System
Configuration:
Enable Trailing: Activates dynamic stop loss adjustment
Start Trailing %: Profit level to begin trailing (default 1.0%)
Trailing Offset %: Distance from current price (default 0.5%)
Close if Return to Entry: Optional immediate exit if price returns to entry level
Operation: Once position reaches trailing start level, stop loss automatically adjusts upward (longs) or downward (shorts) maintaining the offset distance from favorable price movement.
Timeframe-Specific Risk Considerations
15-Minute and Above (Tested):
✅ Full MTF system active
✅ Standard risk parameters apply
✅ Backtested performance metrics valid
✅ Standard position sizing (5%)
5-Minute Timeframes (Advanced Only):
⚠️ MTF system inactive - local signals only
⚠️ Higher false signal rate expected
⚠️ Reduced position sizing preferred (3%)
⚠️ Tighter stop losses required (0.8% vs 1.2%)
⚠️ Requires parameter optimization
⚠️ Monitor performance closely
1-Minute Timeframes (Limited Testing):
❌ Excessive noise levels
❌ Strategy not optimized for this frequency
Risk Management Practices
Allocate no more than 5% of your total investment portfolio to high-risk trading
Never trade with funds you cannot afford to lose
Thoroughly backtest and validate the strategy with small amounts before full implementation
Always maintain proper risk management and stop-loss settings
IMPORTANT DISCLAIMERS
Performance Disclaimer
Past performance does not guarantee future results. All trading involves substantial risk of loss. This strategy is provided for informational purposes and does not constitute financial advice.
Market Risk
Cryptocurrency and forex markets are highly volatile. Prices can move rapidly against positions, resulting in significant losses. Users should never risk more than they can afford to lose.
Strategy Limitations
This strategy relies on technical analysis and may not perform well during fundamental market shifts, news events, or unprecedented market conditions. No trading strategy can guarantee 100% success or eliminate the risk of loss.
Legal Compliance
You are responsible for compliance with all applicable regulations and laws in your jurisdiction. Consult with licensed financial professionals when necessary.
User Responsibility
Users are responsible for their own trading decisions, risk management, and compliance with applicable regulations in their jurisdiction.
BeeQuant - Hive Factra🔶 OVERVIEW
The "Hive Factra" is a groundbreaking analytical instrument designed to unveil the true essence of market movement, transforming complex price action into powerfully consolidated insights. Imagine having a specialized lens that intelligently reconstructs market periods into unique "Hive Factra Bars," revealing underlying momentum and high-conviction signals often obscured in traditional charts. This indicator cuts through the noise, showing you precisely when significant shifts are occurring by coloring these reconstructed bars with an adaptive precision. It's built for traders who seek unfiltered perspective that helps see hidden patterns and make more decisive moves.
__________________________________________________________________________
🧠 CONCEPTS
Markets move in impulses and compressions. Most trend indicators rely on single-frame slope logic, which often flips during minor pullbacks. Hive Factra takes a different route. At its core, the "Hive Factra" operates on a sophisticated framework that reinterprets market data, presenting it through its proprietary "Hive Factra Bars", unique visualizations that capture the consolidated spirit of price action.
⬜ The "Hive Factra" Reconstruction: Unlike standard candles, "Hive Factra Bars" are intelligently re-engineered representations of market activity. They are derived through a proprietary process that captures the dominant price influence over specific periods, presenting a clearer, more focused view of underlying momentum. These unique bars visually consolidate information, making the core directional bias immediately apparent.
⬜ The Adaptive Baseline: An internal, dynamic analysis line constantly adjusts to market flow, serving as a crucial reference point for the "Hive Factra Bars." This adaptive baseline provides real-time context, helping the indicator precisely determine the significance of each reconstructed bar's movement.
⬜ High-Conviction Coloring & Signal Bars: The "Factra Bars" come to life with a discerning coloring system. While they reflect the primary market direction (Green for upward bias, Red for downward bias), the "Hive Factra" introduces specialized "Signal Hive Bars" with distinct colors. These unique bars appear when the consolidated price action exhibits a particularly strong, high-conviction interaction with the adaptive baseline, acting as powerful visual alerts for moments of heightened significance.
⬜ Session-Aligned Insights: For intraday traders, the "Daily New Start" option provides a unique advantage. When enabled, the indicator can reset its internal reconstruction process with each new trading session, offering fresh, unbiased perspectives tailored to the day's distinct market dynamics.
⬜ Dynamic Sensitivity: A configurable "Offset" allows you to fine-tune the indicator's responsiveness and the thresholds for initiating these "Hive Factra Bars" and "Signal Hive Bars." This ensures the indicator aligns perfectly with your individual trading style and the volatility of the asset you're analyzing.
__________________________________________________________________________
✨ FEATURES
The "Hive Factra" is equipped with a suite of cutting-edge features, all meticulously designed for unparalleled clarity, adaptive responsiveness, and augmented analytical depth:
🔹 Proprietary Hive Factra Bars
Experience a unique visual representation of price action that consolidates market data for enhanced trend and momentum clarity.
🔹 Customizable Internal Analysis Line
Control the underlying adaptive baseline's calculation for precise alignment with market flow, utilizing various price source options.
🔹 High-Conviction "Signal Hive Bars" (Distinct Colors)
Receive specialized visual alerts when Factra Bars exhibit strong, decisive movements relative to the adaptive baseline, indicating moments of heightened market conviction.
🔹 Overbought/Oversold Visuals
Signal Hive Bars highlight areas of potential exhaustion, providing intuitive insight into stretched conditions
🔹 Session-Based Reconstruction
Opt for the "Daily New Start" to reset the indicator's perspective with each new trading day, providing fresh, session-aligned insights.
🔹 Dynamic Offset Control
Adjust the "Offset" parameter to fine-tune the sensitivity of the Factra Bar reconstruction and signal generation thresholds, tailoring the indicator to specific market conditions.
🔹 Non-Repainting Logic for Historical Reliability
Each "Hive Factra Bar" is plotted only when its internal reconstruction conditions are fully met and confirmed. This ensures that the historical display of Factra Bars does not repaint, providing a high degree of reliability and trust in past signals and visualizations.
🔹 Cross-Market Versatility
This indicator is engineered to perform with precision across all major markets—whether you're trading forex, commodities, stocks, or indices. Its adaptive logic automatically aligns with the unique volatility and structure of each asset class, delivering consistently reliable insights no matter where you trade.
🔹 Custom Range Start Marker
A subtle diamond-shaped symbol is plotted to indicate the start of the Hive Factra logic cycle. This marks the bar from which the internal price range begins accumulating until a new Hive Factra Bar is confirmed and displayed. Helps visualize the dynamic evaluation period used in Factra’s structural detection.
🔹 Smart Alerts for Key Events
Get notified in real time when:
◦ A new Hive Factra Bar completes – signaling a fresh structural range reset
◦ A new Signal Hive Bar closes – identifying a potential overbought or oversold condition
Built-in alert conditions make it easy to stay ahead of shifts without watching every candle manually.
🔹 Universal Timeframe Compatibility: The "Hive Factra" is meticulously engineered to perform flawlessly across all timeframes, from rapid intraday charts to long-term weekly and monthly views. This universal compatibility ensures you receive consistent, high-quality insights regardless of your analytical horizon.
🔹 Unrivaled External Indicator Collaboration: A truly unique advantage of the "Hive Factra" is its capability to seamlessly integrate and enhance the performance of other external indicators. Its meticulously processed output, can serve as a highly purified and consolidated 'source' for indicators that accept such inputs (e.g., RSI, StochRSI, moving averages), which allows for more insightful data stream into your favorite indicators, potentially unlocking new levels of responsiveness and signal accuracy for your entire analytical setup.
__________________________________________________________________________
⚙️ USAGE
Integrating the "Hive Factra" into your daily analytical regimen is intuitive and will profoundly enhance your ability to discern crucial market dynamics and spot high-conviction opportunities:
💁 Effortless Application
Simply add the "Hive Factra" indicator to any chart within your TradingView platform. Note that it plots on a separate panel below your main price chart to provide its unique visual output without obscuring price.
📊 Tailored Calibration: Access the indicator's settings to unlock its full potential:
⚙ "Internal EMA Config"
Configure the internal adaptive baseline by choosing its source (e.g., Close, HL/2) and length. This shapes the core reference point for the Factra Bars.
⚙ "Hive Factra"
Decide if you want "Daily New Start" for session-based analysis and choose the "Source" type for how the Factra Bars are built.
🤖 "Offset"
Experiment with the "Offset" percentage to adjust the sensitivity of the Factra Bar's reconstruction. A smaller offset will make the Factra Bars appear more frequently, while a larger one will highlight only more significant movements.
🟩🟥 Green/Red Hive Factra Bars
These indicate the consolidated directional bias of the market over the reconstructed period. A sequence of Green bars suggests sustained bullish pressure, while Red bars point to dominant bearish control.
🚀 "Signal Hive Bars" (Unique Colors)
Pay close attention to these specially colored Hive Factra Bars. They signify moments where the reconstructed price action exhibits a high-conviction interaction with its adaptive baseline, often preceding or confirming significant market moves. These are your clearest signals for potential shifts.
✨ Appearance of Hive Factra Bars
Notice that these Bars do not necessarily appear for every single time unit. They intelligently reconstruct and consolidate price action, appearing only when conditions align to present a coherent, high-impact view of market phases.
🪢 Harnessing External Synergy
To unlock a new dimension of analysis, consider integrating "Hive Factra" as the data source for other indicators:
1. When adding indicators like RSI, StochRSI, or others that prompt for a 'source' input, you can select the "Hive Factra" as the input.
2. For oscillators (e.g., RSI, Stochastic), choose the close or similar output from "Hive Factra" as your source. This allows the oscillator to react to the purified, consolidated momentum of the Factra Bars rather than raw price.
For moving averages (e.g., EMA, SMA), use the close or other relevant Factra Bar output as your source. This provides an exceptionally smooth and responsive average that tracks the true underlying trend.
__________________________________________________________________________
⚠️ LIMITATIONS
While the "Hive Factra" is an incredibly powerful tool for dissecting market dynamics, it's vital to understand its design parameters for optimal use. It does not attempt to front-run reversals or predict market turns. Instead, it focuses on framing price behavior so traders can react with context.
👉 Visual Gaps in Plotting: Due to Tradingview platform limitations with custom candle plotting functionality, you may observe visual gaps between "Hive Factra Bars" on the chart. This occurs because the indicator only plots a Hive Factra Bar when its internal conditions for reconstruction are fully met, and there isn't an 'offset' parameter for custom candles to bridge these visual discontinuities. Importantly, this behavior ensures that each plotted Factra Bar is confirmed and does not repaint, providing reliable historical analysis.
👉 Reconstructed Data, Not Raw Price: It's crucial to remember that "Hive Factra Bars" are not traditional candles. They are a derived visualization that intelligently consolidates price data.
👉 Complementary Tool: This indicator excels at providing high-conviction directional insights and identifying significant market phases. However, it is designed as a sophisticated complement to a broader trading strategy, not a standalone system.
👉 Input Calibration Essential: The effectiveness of the "Hive Factra" is highly dependent on careful calibration of its input parameters, especially the "Offset" and internal EMA settings. Optimal results require user experimentation to find settings best suited for specific assets and timeframes.
👉 Exclusion of Auxiliary Data: The "Hive Factra" focuses solely on transforming price data. It does not incorporate other vital market information such as trading volume, market breadth, or fundamental news. Integrating these additional analytical layers remains essential for a comprehensive trading strategy.
█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒ 『•••• ✎ ••••』 ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒ █
🎯 CONCLUSION
The "Hive Factra" offers an unparalleled, intuitive, and highly adaptable framework for instantly grasping true price momentum and direction through its intelligent reconstruction of market data. By transforming chaotic raw data into strikingly clear, high-conviction "Factra Bars" and dynamic signals, it empowers you to cut through distractions and identify critical market currents with ease. Its revolutionary capability for seamless collaboration with external indicators (like RSI, EMA, etc., by using its purified output as their source) means you can elevate the performance of your entire analytical suite to new levels of precision and clarity. Seamlessly integrate this advanced visual tool within your analytical framework to gain a sharper, more confident perspective, and elevate your strategic decision-making in the markets. It's about seeing the unseen, with enhanced clarity and a deeper understanding of market forces, now with the power to supercharge all your other tools.
▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣▣
🚨 RISK DISCLAIMER
Engagement in financial market speculation inherently carries a substantial degree of inherent risk, and the potential for capital diminution, potentially exceeding initial deposits, is a pervasive and non-trivial consideration. All content, algorithmic tools, scripts, articles, and educational materials disseminated by "Hive Factra" are exclusively purposed for informational and pedagogical objectives, strictly for reference. Historical performance data, whether explicitly demonstrated or implicitly suggested, offers no infallible assurance or guarantee of future outcomes. Users bear sole and ultimate accountability for their individual trading decisions and are emphatically urged to meticulously assess their financial disposition, risk tolerance parameters, and conduct independent due diligence prior to engaging in any speculative market activity.
GEEKSDOBYTE IFVG w/ Buy/Sell Signals1. Inputs & Configuration
Swing Lookback (swingLen)
Controls how many bars on each side are checked to mark a swing high or swing low (default = 5).
Booleans to Toggle Plotting
showSwings – Show small triangle markers at swing highs/lows
showFVG – Show Fair Value Gap zones
showSignals – Show “BUY”/“SELL” labels when price inverts an FVG
showDDLine – Show a yellow “DD” line at the close of the inversion bar
showCE – Show an orange dashed “CE” line at the midpoint of the gap area
2. Swing High / Low Detection
isSwingHigh = ta.pivothigh(high, swingLen, swingLen)
Marks a bar as a swing high if its high is higher than the highs of the previous swingLen bars and the next swingLen bars.
isSwingLow = ta.pivotlow(low, swingLen, swingLen)
Marks a bar as a swing low if its low is lower than the lows of the previous and next swingLen bars.
Plotting
If showSwings is true, small red downward triangles appear above swing highs, and green upward triangles below swing lows.
3. Fair Value Gap (3‐Bar) Identification
A Fair Value Gap (FVG) is defined here using a simple three‐bar logic (sometimes called an “inefficiency” in price):
Bullish FVG (bullFVG)
Checks if, two bars ago, the low of that bar (low ) is strictly greater than the current bar’s high (high).
In other words:
bullFVG = low > high
Bearish FVG (bearFVG)
Checks if, two bars ago, the high of that bar (high ) is strictly less than the current bar’s low (low).
In other words:
bearFVG = high < low
When either condition is true, it identifies a three‐bar “gap” or unfilled imbalance in the market.
4. Drawing FVG Zones
If showFVG is enabled, each time a bullish or bearish FVG is detected:
Bullish FVG Zone
Draws a semi‐transparent green box from the bar two bars ago (where the gap began) at low up to the current bar’s high.
Bearish FVG Zone
Draws a semi‐transparent red box from the bar two bars ago at high down to the current bar’s low.
These colored boxes visually highlight the “fair value imbalance” area on the chart.
5. Inversion (Fill) Detection & Entry Signals
An inversion is defined as the price “closing through” that previously drawn FVG:
Bullish Inversion (bullInversion)
Occurs when a bullish FVG was identified on bar-2 (bullFVG), and on the current bar the close is greater than that old bar-2 low:
bullInversion = bullFVG and close > low
Bearish Inversion (bearInversion)
Occurs when a bearish FVG was identified on bar-2 (bearFVG), and on the current bar the close is lower than that old bar-2 high:
bearInversion = bearFVG and close < high
When an inversion is true, the indicator optionally draws two lines and a label (depending on input toggles):
Draw “DD” Line (yellow, solid)
Plots a horizontal yellow line from the current bar’s close price extending five bars forward (bar_index + 5). This is often referred to as a “Demand/Daily Demand” line, marking where price inverted the gap.
Draw “CE” Line (orange, dashed)
Calculates the midpoint (ce) of the original FVG zone.
For a bullish inversion:
ce = (low + high) / 2
For a bearish inversion:
ce = (high + low) / 2
Plots a horizontal dashed orange line at that midpoint for five bars forward.
Plot Label (“BUY” / “SELL”)
If showSignals is true, a green “BUY” label is placed at the low of the current bar when a bullish inversion occurs.
Likewise, a red “SELL” label at the high of the current bar when a bearish inversion happens.
6. Putting It All Together
Swing Markers (Optional):
Visually confirm recent swing highs and swing lows with small triangles.
FVG Zones (Optional):
Highlight areas where price left a 3-bar gap (bullish in green, bearish in red).
Inversion Confirmation:
Wait for price to close beyond the old FVG boundary.
Once that happens, draw the yellow “DD” line at the close, the orange dashed “CE” line at the zone’s midpoint, and place a “BUY” or “SELL” label exactly on that bar.
User Controls:
All of the above elements can be individually toggled on/off (showSwings, showFVG, showSignals, showDDLine, showCE).
In Practice
A bullish FVG forms whenever a strong drop leaves a gap in liquidity (three bars ago low > current high).
When price later “fills” that gap by closing above the old low, the script signals a potential long entry (BUY), draws a demand line at the closing price, and marks the midpoint of that gap.
Conversely, a bearish FVG marks a potential short zone (three bars ago high < current low). When price closes below that gap’s high, it signals a SELL, with similar lines drawn.
By combining these elements, the indicator helps users visually identify inefficiencies (FVGs), confirm when price inverts/fills them, and place straightforward buy/sell labels alongside reference lines for trade management.
AI Strat ATR Dinamico + ADX + Trend Adaptivo (No Repaint)Below is a fully self-contained, English-language description of every input, function, and logical block inside the “AI Strat ATR Dinamico + ADX + Trend Adaptivo (No Repaint)” indicator. You can copy and paste this into TradingView’s “Description” field when you publish, without exposing any Pine code.
---
## Indicator Name and Purpose
**Name (Short Title):**
AI Strat Adaptive v3 (NoRepaint)
**Overview:**
This indicator combines multiple technical tools—RSI, EMA, ATR (with a dynamic multiplier), ADX/DI, and an “AI‐style” scoring mechanism—to generate trend-filtered and reversal signals. It also optionally confirms signals on a higher timeframe, dynamically adjusts its sensitivity based on volatility, and plots intrabar stop‐loss (SL) and take‐profit (TP) levels derived from ATR. Special care has been taken to ensure that no signals “repaint” (i.e., once drawn on a closed bar, they never disappear or shift).
---
## 1. Main Inputs
All of the inputs appear in the Settings dialog for the published indicator. Below is a detailed explanation of each input, grouped by logical category.
### A. RSI & EMA Base Parameters
1. **RSI Length (Base)**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 14)
* **Description:** Number of bars used to calculate the Relative Strength Index (RSI). A shorter RSI reacts more quickly to price changes; a longer RSI is smoother.
2. **RSI Overbought Threshold**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 60)
* **Description:** If the RSI value rises above this level, it contributes a “sell” signal component. You can adjust this (e.g., 70) to make your system more conservative.
3. **RSI Oversold Threshold**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 40)
* **Description:** If the RSI falls below this level, it contributes a “buy” signal component. Raising this threshold (e.g., 50) makes the strategy more aggressive in seeking reversals.
4. **EMA Length (Base)**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 20)
* **Description:** Number of bars for the Exponential Moving Average (EMA). A shorter EMA will produce more frequent crossovers, a longer EMA is smoother.
### B. ATR & Volatility Filter Parameters
5. **ATR Length (Base)**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 14)
* **Description:** Number of bars to calculate Average True Range (ATR). The ATR is used both for measuring volatility and for dynamic SL/TP levels.
6. **ATR SMA Length**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 50)
* **Description:** Number of bars to compute a Simple Moving Average of the ATR itself. This gives a baseline of “normal” volatility. If ATR rises significantly above this SMA, the indicator treats the market as “high volatility.”
7. **ATR Multiplier Base**
* **Input type:** Float (default 1.2, step 0.1)
* **Description:** Base multiplier for ATR when filtering for volatility. The actual threshold is computed as `ATR_SMA × (ATR_Multiplier Base) × sqrt(current_ATR / ATR_SMA)`. In other words, the multiplier becomes larger if volatility is rising, and smaller if volatility is falling.
8. **Disable Volatility Filter**
* **Input type:** Boolean (default false)
* **Description:** If enabled (true), the indicator will ignore any volatility‐based filtering, using signals regardless of ATR behavior. If disabled (false), signals only fire when ATR > (ATR\_SMA × dynamic multiplier).
### C. Price-Change & “AI Score” Parameters
9. **Price Change Period (bars)**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 3)
* **Description:** The number of bars back to measure percentage price change. Used to ensure that a “trend” signal is accompanied by a sufficiently positive (for longs) or negative (for shorts) price movement over this many bars.
10. **Base AI Score Threshold**
* **Input type:** Float (default 0.1)
* **Description:** The indicator computes a composite “AI-style” score by combining the RSI signal (overbought/oversold) and an EMA crossover signal. Only if the absolute value of that composite score exceeds this threshold will a trend signal be eligible. Raising it makes signals rarer but (potentially) higher-conviction.
### D. SMA “ICT” Trend Filter Parameters
11. **ICT SMA Long Length (Base)**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 50)
* **Description:** Number of bars for the “long” Simple Moving Average (SMA) used in the internal trend filter. Typically, price must be above this SMA (and ADX must be strong) to confirm an uptrend, or below it (and ADX strong) to confirm a downtrend.
12. **ICT SMA Short1 Length (Base)**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 10)
* **Description:** Secondary “fast” SMA used both for reversal logic (e.g., price crossing above it can count as a bullish reversal) and part of the internal trend confirmation.
13. **ICT SMA Short2 Length (Base)**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 20)
* **Description:** A second “medium” SMA used for reversal triggers (e.g., crossovers or crossunders alongside RSI conditions).
### E. ADX & DI Parameters
14. **Base ADX Length**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 14)
* **Description:** Number of bars for the ADX (Average Directional Index) moving averages, which measure trend strength. The same length is used for +DI and –DI smoothing.
15. **Base ADX Threshold**
* **Input type:** Float (default 25.0, step 0.5)
* **Description:** If ADX > this threshold and +DI > –DI, we consider an uptrend; if ADX > this threshold and –DI > +DI, we consider a downtrend. Raising this value demands stronger trends to qualify.
### F. Sensitivity & Cooldown
16. **Sensitivity (0–1)**
* **Input type:** Float between 0.0 and 1.0 (default 0.5)
* **Description:** A general “mixture” parameter used internally to weight how aggressively the indicator leans into trend versus reversal. In practice, the code uses it to fine-tune exact thresholds for switching between trend and reversal conditions. You can leave it at 0.5 unless you want to bias more heavily toward either regime.
17. **Base Cooldown Bars Between Signals**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 5, min 0)
* **Description:** Once a long or short signal fires, the indicator will wait at least this many bars before allowing a new signal in the same direction. Prevents “signal flipping” on each bar. A higher number forces fewer, more spaced-out entries.
18. **Trend Confirmation Bars**
* **Input type:** Integer (default 3, min 1)
* **Description:** After the directional filters (+DI/–DI cross, price vs. SMA), the indicator still requires that price remains on the same side of the long SMA for at least this many consecutive bars before confirming “trend up” or “trend down.” Larger values smooth out false breakouts but may lag signals.
### G. Higher Timeframe Confirmation
19. **Use Higher Timeframe Confirmation**
* **Input type:** Boolean (default true)
* **Description:** If true, the indicator will request a block of values (SMA, +DI, –DI, ADX) from a higher timeframe (default 60 minutes) and require that the higher timeframe is also in agreement (strong uptrend or strong downtrend) before confirming your current-timeframe trend. This helps filter out lower-timeframe noise.
20. **Higher Timeframe (TF) for Confirmation**
* **Input type:** Timeframe (default “60”)
* **Description:** The chart timeframe (e.g., 5, 15, 60 minutes) whose trend conditions must also be true. It’s sent through a `request.security(..., lookahead=barmerge.lookahead_off)` call so that it never “paints ahead.”
### H. Dynamic TP/SL Parameters
21. **TP as ATR Multiple**
* **Input type:** Float (default 2.0, step 0.1)
* **Description:** When a trade is open, the “take-profit” price is determined by looking at the highest high (for longs) or lowest low (for shorts) observed since entry, and then plotting a cross (“X”) at that level when the trend finally flips. This is purely for display. However, separate from that, this parameter can be adapted if you want a strictly ATR–based TP. In the “Minimal” version, TP is ≈ (highest high) once trend inverts, but you could rewrite it to use `entry_price + ATR×TP_Multiplier`.
22. **SL as ATR Multiple**
* **Input type:** Float (default 1.0, step 0.1)
* **Description:** While in a trade, a trailing SL line is plotted each bar. Its value is always `entry_price ± (ATR × SL_Multiplier)`. When the trend inverts, the SL no longer updates, and you see it on the chart.
### I. Display and Mode Options
23. **Show Debug Lines**
* **Input type:** Boolean (default true)
* **Description:** When enabled, the indicator will plot all intermediate lines—ATR SMA, ATR Threshold, +DI, –DI, ADX (current and HTF), HTF SMA, etc.—so that you can diagnose exactly what’s happening. Turn this off to hide all debug information and only see entry/exit shapes.
24. **Enable Scalping Mode**
* **Input type:** Boolean (default false)
* **Description:** If true, many of the “base” parameters are halved (e.g., RSI length becomes 7 instead of 14, ATR length becomes 7 instead of 14, ADX length becomes 7, etc.), and the ADX threshold is multiplied by 0.8. This makes all oscillators and moving averages more reactive, suited for very short-term (scalping) setups.
---
## 2. Core Calculation Blocks
Below is a high-level description of each logical block (in code order), translated from Pine into conceptual steps.
### A. Adjust Inputs if “Scalping Mode” Is On
If **Scalping Mode** = true, then:
* `RSI_Length` becomes `max(1, round(Base_RSI_Length / 2))`
* `EMA_Length` becomes `max(1, round(Base_EMA_Length / 2))`
* `ATR_Length` becomes `max(1, round(Base_ATR_Length / 2))`
* `Price_Change_Period` becomes `max(1, round(Base_Price_Change_Period / 2))`
* `SMA_Long_Length`, `SMA_Short1_Length`, and `SMA_Short2_Length` are each halved (minimum 1).
* `ADX_Length` = `max(1, round(Base_ADX_Length / 2))`
* `ADX_Threshold` = `Base_ADX_Threshold × 0.8`
* `Cooldown_Bars` = `max(0, round(Base_Cooldown_Bars / 2))`
Otherwise, all adjusted lengths = their base values.
### B. RSI, EMA & “AI Score” on Current Timeframe
1. **Compute RSI:**
* Uses the (possibly adjusted) `RSI_Length`.
* Denote this as `RSI_Value`.
2. **Compute ATR & Its SMA:**
* `ATR_Value` = `ta.atr(ATR_Length)`.
* `ATR_SMA` = `ta.sma(ATR_Value, ATR_SMA_Length)`.
* Then define `Volatility_Increase` = (`ATR_Value > ATR_SMA`).
* If the volatility has increased, the weighting of RSI vs. EMA changes.
3. **Compute Weights:**
* If `Volatility_Increase == true`, then:
* `RSI_Weight = 0.7`
* `EMA_Weight = 0.3`
* Otherwise:
* `RSI_Weight = 0.3`
* `EMA_Weight = 0.7`
4. **RSI Signal Component (`RSI_Sig`):**
* If `RSI_Value > RSI_Overbought`, then `RSI_Sig = –1`.
* Else if `RSI_Value < RSI_Oversold`, then `RSI_Sig = +1`.
* Otherwise, `RSI_Sig = 0`.
5. **EMA Value & Signal Component (`EMA_Sig`):**
* `EMA_Value` = `ta.ema(close, EMA_Length)`.
* `EMA_Sig = +1` if the current close crosses **above** the EMA; `EMA_Sig = –1` if the current close crosses **below** the EMA; else `0`.
6. **Compute Raw “AI Score”:**
$$
Raw\_AI = (RSI\_Sig \times RSI\_Weight)\;+\;(EMA\_Sig \times EMA\_Weight)
$$
Then,
$$
AI\_Score = \frac{Raw\_AI}{(RSI\_Weight + EMA\_Weight)}
$$
(This normalization ensures the score always ranges between –1 and +1 if both weights sum to 1.)
### C. Dynamic ATR Multiplier & Volatility Filter
1. **Volatility Factor:**
$$
Volatility\_Factor = \frac{ATR\_Value}{ATR\_SMA}
$$
2. **Dynamic ATR Multiplier:**
$$
ATR\_Multiplier = ATR\_Multiplier\_Base \times \sqrt{Volatility\_Factor}
$$
3. **High Volatility Condition (`High_Volatility`):**
* If `Disable_Volatility_Filter == true`, then treat `High_Volatility = true` always.
* Else, `High_Volatility = (ATR_Value > ATR_SMA × ATR_Multiplier)`.
### D. Price Change Percentage
* **Compute Price Change:**
$$
Price\_Change = \frac{(Close - Close )}{Close } \times 100
$$
* This is the percent return from `Price_Change_Period` bars ago to now.
* For a valid long‐trend signal, we require `Price_Change > 0`; for a short trend, `Price_Change < 0`.
### E. Local SMAs for Trend/Reversal Filters
* `SMA_Close_Long` = `ta.sma(close, SMA_Long_Length)`.
* `SMA_Close_Short1` = `ta.sma(close, SMA_Short1_Length)`.
* `SMA_Close_Short2` = `ta.sma(close, SMA_Short2_Length)`.
These three SMAs help define the “local trend” and reversal breakout points:
* **Primary Trend Filter:**
* Price must be above `SMA_Close_Long` for an uptrend filter, or below `SMA_Close_Long` for a downtrend filter.
* **Reversal Filter:**
* A bullish reversal is detected if **(RSI < Oversold AND close crosses above EMA)** OR **(RSI < Oversold AND close crosses above SMA\_Close\_Short1)**.
* A bearish reversal is detected if **(RSI > Overbought AND close crosses below EMA)** OR **(RSI > Overbought AND close crosses below SMA\_Close\_Short1)**.
### F. Manual +DI, –DI & ADX on Current Timeframe
Instead of relying on the built-in `ta.adx`, the script calculates DI and ADX manually. This makes it easier to replicate the exact logic on a higher timeframe via `request.security`. The steps are:
1. **Directional Movement (DM) Components:**
* `Up_Move` = `high – high `
* `Down_Move` = `low – low`
* `Plus_DM` = `Up_Move` if (`Up_Move > Down_Move` AND `Up_Move > 0`), else `0`
* `Minus_DM` = `Down_Move` if (`Down_Move > Up_Move` AND `Down_Move > 0`), else `0`
2. **True Range (TR) Components:**
* `TR1` = `high – low`
* `TR2` = `abs(high – close )`
* `TR3` = `abs(low – close )`
* `True_Range` = `max(TR1, TR2, TR3)`
3. **Smoothed Averages (RMA):**
* `Sm_TR` = `ta.rma(True_Range, ADX_Length)`
* `Sm_Plus` = `ta.rma(Plus_DM, ADX_Length)`
* `Sm_Minus`= `ta.rma(Minus_DM, ADX_Length)`
4. **Compute DI%:**
$$
Plus\_DI = \frac{Sm\_Plus}{Sm\_TR} \times 100,\quad
Minus\_DI = \frac{Sm\_Minus}{Sm\_TR} \times 100
$$
5. **DX and ADX:**
$$
DX = \frac{|Plus\_DI - Minus\_DI|}{Plus\_DI + Minus\_DI} \times 100,\quad
ADX = ta.rma(DX, ADX_Length)
$$
These values are referred to as `(plus_di, minus_di, adx_val)` for the current timeframe.
---
## 3. Higher Timeframe (HTF) Confirmation Function
If **Use Higher Timeframe Confirmation** is enabled, the script calls a single helper (Pine) function `f_htf` with two parameters: the ADX length and the SMA length (both taken from the “base” or “scaled” values). Internally, `f_htf` simply reruns the manual DI/ADX logic (same as above) on the higher timeframe’s bar data, and also includes that timeframe’s closing price and its SMA for trend comparison.
* **Request.Security Call:**
```
= request.security(
syminfo.tickerid,
higher_tf,
f_htf(adx_length, sma_long_len),
lookahead=barmerge.lookahead_off
)
```
* `lookahead=barmerge.lookahead_off` ensures that no HTF value “paints” early; you always see only confirmed HTF bars.
* The returned tuple provides:
1. `ht_close` = HTF closing price
2. `ht_sma` = HTF SMA of length `sma_long_len`
3. `ht_pdi` = HTF +DI percentage
4. `ht_mdi` = HTF –DI percentage
5. `ht_adx` = HTF ADX value
---
## 4. Trend & Reversal Filters (Current & HTF)
### A. Current-Timeframe Trend Filter
1. **Uptrend\_Basic (Current TF)**
$$
(plus\_di > minus\_di)\;\land\;(adx\_val > ADX\_Threshold)\;\land\;(close > SMA\_Close\_Long)
$$
2. **Downtrend\_Basic (Current TF)**
$$
(minus\_di > plus\_di)\;\land\;(adx\_val > ADX\_Threshold)\;\land\;(close < SMA\_Close\_Long)
$$
3. **Trend Confirmation by Bars:**
* `Bars_Since_Below` = number of bars since `close <= SMA_Close_Long`.
* `Bars_Since_Above` = number of bars since `close >= SMA_Close_Long`.
* If `Uptrend_Basic == true` AND `Bars_Since_Below ≥ Trend_Confirmation_Bars` → mark `Uptrend_Confirm = true`.
* If `Downtrend_Basic == true` AND `Bars_Since_Above ≥ Trend_Confirmation_Bars` → mark `Downtrend_Confirm = true`.
### B. Reversal Filters (Current TF)
1. **Bullish Reversal (`Rev_Bullish`):**
* If `(RSI < RSI_Oversold AND close crosses above EMA_Value)` OR
`(RSI < RSI_Oversold AND close crosses above SMA_Close_Short1)`
→ then `Rev_Bullish = true`.
2. **Bearish Reversal (`Rev_Bearish`):**
* If `(RSI > RSI_Overbought AND close crosses below EMA_Value)` OR
`(RSI > RSI_Overbought AND close crosses below SMA_Close_Short1)`
→ then `Rev_Bearish = true`.
### C. Higher-Timeframe Trend Filter (HTF)
1. **HTF Uptrend (`HT_Uptrend`):**
$$
(ht\_pdi > ht\_mdi)\;\land\;(ht\_adx > ADX\_Threshold)\;\land\;(ht\_close > ht\_sma)
$$
2. **HTF Downtrend (`HT_Downtrend`):**
$$
(ht\_mdi > ht\_pdi)\;\land\;(ht\_adx > ADX\_Threshold)\;\land\;(ht\_close < ht\_sma)
$$
3. **Combine Current & HTF:**
* If **Use\_HTF\_Confirmation == true**, then:
* `Uptrend_Confirm := Uptrend_Confirm AND HT_Uptrend`
* `Downtrend_Confirm := Downtrend_Confirm AND HT_Downtrend`
* Otherwise, just use the current timeframe’s `Uptrend_Confirm` and `Downtrend_Confirm`.
4. **Define `CurrentTrend` (Integer):**
* `CurrentTrend = +1` if `Uptrend_Confirm == true`.
* `CurrentTrend = –1` if `Downtrend_Confirm == true`.
* Otherwise, `CurrentTrend = 0`.
5. **Reset “One Trade Per Trend”:**
* There is a persistent variable `LastTradeTrend`.
* Every time `CurrentTrend` flips (i.e., `CurrentTrend != CurrentTrend `), the code sets `LastTradeTrend := 0`.
* That allows one new entry once the detected trend has changed.
---
## 5. One‐Time “Cooldown” Logic
* **`LastSignalBar`**
* A persistent integer (initially undefined).
* After each confirmed long or short entry, `LastSignalBar` is set to the bar index where that signal fired.
* **`Bars_Since_Signal`**
* If `LastSignalBar` is undefined, treat as a very large number (so that initial signals are always allowed).
* Otherwise, `Bars_Since_Signal = bar_index – LastSignalBar`.
* **Cooldown Check:**
* A new long (or short) can only be generated if `(Bars_Since_Signal > Signal_Cooldown)`.
* This prevents multiple signals in rapid succession.
---
## 6. Entry Conditions (No Repaint)
All of the conditions below are calculated “intrabar,” but the script only actually registers a **signal** on **bar close** (`barstate.isconfirmed`) so that signals never repaint.
### A. Trend‐Based “Raw” Conditions
1. **Trend\_Long\_Raw:**
$$
(AI\_Score > AI\_Score\_Threshold)\;\land\;Uptrend\_Confirm\;\land\;High\_Volatility\;\land\;(Price\_Change > 0)
$$
2. **Trend\_Short\_Raw:**
$$
(AI\_Score < -AI\_Score\_Threshold)\;\land\;Downtrend\_Confirm\;\land\;High\_Volatility\;\land\;(Price\_Change < 0)
$$
### B. Reversal “Raw” Conditions
1. **Rev\_Long\_Raw:**
$$
Rev\_Bullish\;\land\;(CurrentTrend \neq +1)
$$
2. **Rev\_Short\_Raw:**
$$
Rev\_Bearish\;\land\;(CurrentTrend \neq -1)
$$
### C. Combine Raw Signals
* `Raw_Long = Trend_Long_Raw OR Rev_Long_Raw`.
* `Raw_Short = Trend_Short_Raw OR Rev_Short_Raw`.
### D. Confirmed Long/Short Signal Flags
On each new bar **close** (`barstate.isconfirmed == true`):
* **Long\_Signal\_Confirmed** can fire if:
1. `Raw_Long == true`
2. `LastTradeTrend != +1` (we haven’t already taken a long in this same trend)
3. `Bars_Since_Signal > Signal_Cooldown`
If all three hold, then on this bar close the code sets:
* `Long_Signal = true`
* `LastTradeTrend := +1`
* `LastSignalBar := bar_index`
Otherwise, `Long_Signal := false` on this bar.
* **Short\_Signal\_Confirmed** works the same way but with `Raw_Short`, `LastTradeTrend != -1`, etc.
If triggered, it sets `Short_Signal = true`, `LastTradeTrend := -1`, and `LastSignalBar := bar_index`. Otherwise `Short_Signal := false`.
* **Important:** If the bar is still forming (`else` branch of `barstate.isconfirmed`), then both `Long_Signal` and `Short_Signal` are forced to `false`. This guarantees that no shape or alert appears until the bar actually closes.
---
## 7. Plotting Entry/Exit Shapes
1. **Trend Long Signal (Triangle Up)**
* Condition: `Long_Signal == true` **AND** `Trend_Long_Raw == true`.
* Appearance: A small, semi-transparent lime green triangle drawn **below** the bar.
2. **Trend Short Signal (Triangle Down)**
* Condition: `Short_Signal == true` **AND** `Trend_Short_Raw == true`.
* Appearance: A small, semi-transparent maroon triangle drawn **above** the bar.
3. **Reversal Long Signal (Circle)**
* Condition: `Long_Signal == true` **AND** `Rev_Long_Raw == true`.
* Appearance: A tiny, more transparent green circle drawn **below** the bar.
4. **Reversal Short Signal (Circle)**
* Condition: `Short_Signal == true` **AND** `Rev_Short_Raw == true`.
* Appearance: A tiny, more transparent red circle drawn **above** the bar.
Since `Long_Signal` and `Short_Signal` only ever become true at bar close, these shapes are never repainted or removed once drawn.
---
## 8. Unified Alert Message
* As soon as a new bar closes with either `Long_Signal` or `Short_Signal == true`, an alert message is sent:
* If `Long_Signal`, then `alert_msg = "action=BUY"`.
* If `Short_Signal`, then `alert_msg = "action=SELL"`.
* If neither, `alert_msg = ""` (no alert).
* The code calls `alert(alert_msg, freq=alert.freq_once_per_bar)` only if `barstate.isconfirmed` and `alert_msg` is non‐empty. This ensures exactly one alert per confirmed bar, no intrabar pops.
---
## 9. Dynamic TP/SL Logic (Minimal Implementation)
Once a long or short position is “open,” the script tracks these variables:
1. **Persistent Flags and Prices** (all persist between bars until reset):
* `InLong` (Boolean)
* `InShort` (Boolean)
* `Long_Max` (Float)
* `Short_Min` (Float)
* `Entry_Price` (Float)
2. **On Bar Close:**
* If `Long_Signal == true` →
* Set `InLong := true`,
* `Entry_Price := close` of that bar,
* `Long_Max := high ` (last bar’s high, so that we’re not using “future” data).
* If `Short_Signal == true` →
* Set `InShort := true`,
* `Entry_Price := close`,
* `Short_Min := low `.
3. **While `InLong == true`:**
* Continuously update `Long_Max = max(Long_Max, current high)` on each bar (intrabar, but finalized each close).
* Compute a dynamic SL:
$$
SL_{Long} = Entry\_Price - (ATR \times SL\_ATR\_Multiplier).
$$
* If **current trend** flips to non-uptrend (`CurrentTrend != +1`), mark `ExitLong = true`.
* Then the routine plots `TP_Long = Long_Max` as a cross (“X”) at that level.
* Set `InLong := false` so that no further changes to `Long_Max` or `Entry_Price` happen on future bars.
4. **While `InShort == true`:**
* Continuously update `Short_Min = min(Short_Min, current low)`.
* Compute a dynamic SL:
$$
SL_{Short} = Entry\_Price + (ATR \times SL\_ATR\_Multiplier).
$$
* If trend flips to non-downtrend (`CurrentTrend != –1`), mark `ExitShort = true`.
* Then the routine plots `TP_Short = Short_Min`.
* Set `InShort := false` to freeze those values.
5. **Plotting TP/SL if “Show Debug” is On:**
* **TP Shapes:**
* When `ExitLong == true`, plot a solid lime “X” at `TP_Long` (highest high).
* When `ExitShort == true`, plot a solid maroon “X” at `TP_Short` (lowest low).
* **SL Lines:**
* If still `InLong`, draw a thin red line at `SL_Long` on each bar.
* If still `InShort`, draw a thin green line at `SL_Short`.
Thus, your charts visually show the highest‐high take-profit cross for longs, the lowest-low take-profit cross for shorts, and a continuously updating trailing SL until the trend flips. Because all of this is triggered on confirmed bars, nothing “jumps around” after the fact.
---
## 10. Debug‐Only Plot Lines (When Enabled)
When **Show Debug Lines** = true, the indicator will also plot:
1. **ATR SMA (Orange):**
* The simple moving average of ATR over `ATR_SMA_Length`.
2. **ATR Threshold (Yellow):**
* `ATR_SMA × ATR_Multiplier` (the dynamically scaled threshold).
3. **+DI & –DI (Current TF):**
* +DI plotted as a green line, –DI plotted as a red line (opacity \~70%).
4. **ADX (Current TF, Blue):**
* A blue line for the present timeframe’s ADX.
5. **ADX Threshold (Gray):**
* A horizontal gray line showing `ADX_Threshold`.
6. **+DI & –DI (HTF, Darker Colors):**
* If HTF confirmation is on, “HTF +DI” is a greener but more transparent line; “HTF –DI” is a redder but more transparent line.
7. **ADX (HTF, Blue but Transparent):**
* HTF ADX plotted in blue (high transparency).
8. **HTF SMA (Orange, Transparent):**
* The higher timeframe’s SMA (same length as `SMA_Long_Length`), drawn in fainter orange.
9. **Volatility Zone Fill (Yellow Tinted Area):**
* Fills the area between `ATR_SMA` and `ATR_SMA × ATR_Multiplier`.
* Indicates “normal” versus “high‐volatility” regimes.
These debug lines are purely visual aids. Disable them if you want a cleaner chart.
---
## 11. Putting It All Together — Step-By-Step Flow
1. **Read Inputs** (RSI lengths, EMA length, ATR settings, etc.).
2. **Optionally Halve All Lengths** if “Scalping Mode” is checked.
3. **Calculate Current TF Indicators:**
* RSI, ATR, ATR\_SMA, EMA, price change, various SMAs, DI/ADX.
4. **Compute “AI Score”** (weighted sum of RSI and EMA signals).
5. **Compute Dynamic ATR Multiplier** and decide if “High Volatility” is true.
6. **Compute Raw Trend/Reversal Conditions** on the current timeframe (without triggering yet).
7. **Fetch HTF Values** in one `request.security` call (SMAs, DI/ADX).
8. **Combine Current & HTF Trend Filters** to confirm `Uptrend_Confirm` or `Downtrend_Confirm`.
9. **Check Reversal Conditions** (price crossing EMA or SMA short, in overbought/oversold zones).
10. **Enforce “One Trade Per Trend”** (clear `LastTradeTrend` whenever `CurrentTrend` flips).
11. **Enforce Cooldown** (must wait at least `Signal_Cooldown` bars since the prior signal).
12. **On Bar Close:**
* If `Raw_Long` AND not already in a long trend AND cooldown met, then fire `Long_Signal`.
* Else if `Raw_Short` AND not already in a short trend AND cooldown met, then fire `Short_Signal`.
* Otherwise, no new signal on this bar.
13. **Plot Long/Short Entry Shapes** according to whether it was a Trend signal or a Reversal signal.
14. **Send Alert** (“action=BUY” or “action=SELL”) exactly once per confirmed bar.
15. **If New Long/Short Signal, Set `InLong`/`InShort`, Record Entry Price, Initialize `Long_Max`/`Short_Min`.**
16. **While `InLong` is true:** Update `Long_Max = max(previous Long_Max, current high)`. Compute `SL_Long`. If the current trend flips (no longer uptrend), set `ExitLong = true`, plot a “TP X,” and close the position logic.
17. **While `InShort` is true:** Similarly update `Short_Min`, compute `SL_Short`, and if trend flips, set `ExitShort = true`, plot a “TP X,” and close the position logic.
18. **Optionally Display Debug Lines** (ATR SMA, ATR threshold, DI/ADX, HTF DI/ADX, etc.).
---
## 12. How to Use in TradingView Community
When you publish this indicator to the TradingView community—choosing “Protected” or “Invite-only” visibility—you can paste the above description into the “Description” field. Users will see exactly what each input does, how signals are generated, and what the various plotted lines represent, **without ever seeing the script source**. In this way, the code itself remains hidden but the logic is fully documented.
1. **Go to “Create New Indicator”** on TradingView.
2. **Paste Your Pine Code** (the full indicator script) in the Pine editor and save it.
3. **Set Visibility = Protected** (or Invite-only).
4. **In the “Description” Text Box, paste the entirety of this document** (steps 1–11).
5. **Click “Publish Script.”**
Users who view your indicator will see its name (“AI Strat Adaptive v3 (NoRepaint)”), a list of all inputs (with default values), and the detailed English description above. They can then load it on any chart, adjust inputs, and see the plotted signals, TP/SL lines, and optional debug overlays—without accessing the underlying Pine code.
---
### Summary of Key Points
* **RSI, EMA, ATR, DI/ADX, and “AI Score”** work together to define “trend vs. reversal.”
* **Dynamic volatility filter** uses ATR and ATR\_SMA to adapt the weighting of RSI vs. EMA and decide whether “volatility is high enough” to permit a trend trade.
* **One trade per detected trend** and a **cooldown period** prevent over‐trading.
* **Higher timeframe confirmation** (optional) further filters out noise.
* **No-repaint logic**:
* All signals only appear at bar close (`barstate.isconfirmed`).
* HTF values are fetched with `lookahead=barmerge.lookahead_off`.
* **Entry shapes** (triangles and circles) clearly mark trend vs. reversal entries.
* **Dynamic TP/SL**: highest‐high (or lowest‐low) since entry is used as TP, ATR×multiplier as SL.
* **Debug mode** (optional) shows every intermediate line for full transparency.
Use this description verbatim (or adapt it slightly for your personal style) when publishing. That way, your community sees exactly how each component works—inputs, functions, filters—while the Pine source code remains private.
MirPapa_Library_ICTLibrary "MirPapa_Library_ICT"
GetHTFoffsetToLTFoffset(_offset, _chartTf, _htfTf)
GetHTFoffsetToLTFoffset
@description Adjust an HTF offset to an LTF offset by calculating the ratio of timeframes.
Parameters:
_offset (int) : int The HTF bar offset (0 means current HTF bar).
_chartTf (string) : string The current chart’s timeframe (e.g., "5", "15", "1D").
_htfTf (string) : string The High Time Frame string (e.g., "60", "1D").
@return int The corresponding LTF bar index. Returns 0 if the result is negative.
IsConditionState(_type, _isBull, _level, _open, _close, _open1, _close1, _low1, _low2, _low3, _low4, _high1, _high2, _high3, _high4)
IsConditionState
@description Evaluate a condition state based on type for COB, FVG, or FOB.
Overloaded: first signature handles COB, second handles FVG/FOB.
Parameters:
_type (string) : string Condition type ("cob", "fvg", "fob").
_isBull (bool) : bool Direction flag: true for bullish, false for bearish.
_level (int) : int Swing level (only used for COB).
_open (float) : float Current bar open price (only for COB).
_close (float) : float Current bar close price (only for COB).
_open1 (float) : float Previous bar open price (only for COB).
_close1 (float) : float Previous bar close price (only for COB).
_low1 (float) : float Low 1 bar ago (only for COB).
_low2 (float) : float Low 2 bars ago (only for COB).
_low3 (float) : float Low 3 bars ago (only for COB).
_low4 (float) : float Low 4 bars ago (only for COB).
_high1 (float) : float High 1 bar ago (only for COB).
_high2 (float) : float High 2 bars ago (only for COB).
_high3 (float) : float High 3 bars ago (only for COB).
_high4 (float) : float High 4 bars ago (only for COB).
@return bool True if the specified condition is met, false otherwise.
IsConditionState(_type, _isBull, _pricePrev, _priceNow)
IsConditionState
@description Evaluate FVG or FOB condition based on price movement.
Parameters:
_type (string) : string Condition type ("fvg", "fob").
_isBull (bool) : bool Direction flag: true for bullish, false for bearish.
_pricePrev (float) : float Previous price (for FVG/FOB).
_priceNow (float) : float Current price (for FVG/FOB).
@return bool True if the specified condition is met, false otherwise.
IsSwingHighLow(_isBull, _level, _open, _close, _open1, _close1, _low1, _low2, _low3, _low4, _high1, _high2, _high3, _high4)
IsSwingHighLow
@description Public wrapper for isSwingHighLow.
Parameters:
_isBull (bool) : bool Direction flag: true for bullish, false for bearish.
_level (int) : int Swing level (1 or 2).
_open (float) : float Current bar open price.
_close (float) : float Current bar close price.
_open1 (float) : float Previous bar open price.
_close1 (float) : float Previous bar close price.
_low1 (float) : float Low 1 bar ago.
_low2 (float) : float Low 2 bars ago.
_low3 (float) : float Low 3 bars ago.
_low4 (float) : float Low 4 bars ago.
_high1 (float) : float High 1 bar ago.
_high2 (float) : float High 2 bars ago.
_high3 (float) : float High 3 bars ago.
_high4 (float) : float High 4 bars ago.
@return bool True if swing condition is met, false otherwise.
AddBox(_left, _right, _top, _bot, _xloc, _colorBG, _colorBD)
AddBox
@description Draw a rectangular box on the chart with specified coordinates and colors.
Parameters:
_left (int) : int Left bar index for the box.
_right (int) : int Right bar index for the box.
_top (float) : float Top price coordinate for the box.
_bot (float) : float Bottom price coordinate for the box.
_xloc (string) : string X-axis location type (e.g., xloc.bar_index).
_colorBG (color) : color Background color for the box.
_colorBD (color) : color Border color for the box.
@return box Returns the created box object.
Addline(_x, _y, _xloc, _color, _width)
Addline
@description Draw a vertical or horizontal line at specified coordinates.
Parameters:
_x (int) : int X-coordinate for start (bar index).
_y (int) : float Y-coordinate for start (price).
_xloc (string) : string X-axis location type (e.g., xloc.bar_index).
_color (color) : color Line color.
_width (int) : int Line width.
@return line Returns the created line object.
Addline(_x, _y, _xloc, _color, _width)
Parameters:
_x (int)
_y (float)
_xloc (string)
_color (color)
_width (int)
Addline(_x1, _y1, _x2, _y2, _xloc, _color, _width)
Parameters:
_x1 (int)
_y1 (int)
_x2 (int)
_y2 (int)
_xloc (string)
_color (color)
_width (int)
Addline(_x1, _y1, _x2, _y2, _xloc, _color, _width)
Parameters:
_x1 (int)
_y1 (int)
_x2 (int)
_y2 (float)
_xloc (string)
_color (color)
_width (int)
Addline(_x1, _y1, _x2, _y2, _xloc, _color, _width)
Parameters:
_x1 (int)
_y1 (float)
_x2 (int)
_y2 (int)
_xloc (string)
_color (color)
_width (int)
Addline(_x1, _y1, _x2, _y2, _xloc, _color, _width)
Parameters:
_x1 (int)
_y1 (float)
_x2 (int)
_y2 (float)
_xloc (string)
_color (color)
_width (int)
AddlineMid(_type, _left, _right, _top, _bot, _xloc, _color, _width)
AddlineMid
@description Draw a midline between top and bottom for FVG or FOB types.
Parameters:
_type (string) : string Type identifier: "fvg" or "fob".
_left (int) : int Left bar index for midline start.
_right (int) : int Right bar index for midline end.
_top (float) : float Top price of the region.
_bot (float) : float Bottom price of the region.
_xloc (string) : string X-axis location type (e.g., xloc.bar_index).
_color (color) : color Line color.
_width (int) : int Line width.
@return line or na Returns the created line or na if type is not recognized.
GetHtfFromLabel(_label)
GetHtfFromLabel
@description Convert a Korean HTF label into a Pine Script timeframe string via handler library.
Parameters:
_label (string) : string The Korean label (e.g., "5분", "1시간").
@return string Returns the corresponding Pine Script timeframe (e.g., "5", "60").
IsChartTFcomparisonHTF(_chartTf, _htfTf)
IsChartTFcomparisonHTF
@description Determine whether a given HTF is greater than or equal to the current chart timeframe.
Parameters:
_chartTf (string) : string Current chart timeframe (e.g., "5", "15", "1D").
_htfTf (string) : string HTF timeframe (e.g., "60", "1D").
@return bool True if HTF ≥ chartTF, false otherwise.
CreateBoxData(_type, _isBull, _useLine, _top, _bot, _xloc, _colorBG, _colorBD, _offset, _htfTf, htfBarIdx, _basePoint)
CreateBoxData
@description Create and draw a box and optional midline for given type and parameters. Returns success flag and BoxData.
Parameters:
_type (string) : string Type identifier: "fvg", "fob", "cob", or "sweep".
_isBull (bool) : bool Direction flag: true for bullish, false for bearish.
_useLine (bool) : bool Whether to draw a midline inside the box.
_top (float) : float Top price of the box region.
_bot (float) : float Bottom price of the box region.
_xloc (string) : string X-axis location type (e.g., xloc.bar_index).
_colorBG (color) : color Background color for the box.
_colorBD (color) : color Border color for the box.
_offset (int) : int HTF bar offset (0 means current HTF bar).
_htfTf (string) : string HTF timeframe string (e.g., "60", "1D").
htfBarIdx (int) : int HTF bar_index (passed from HTF request).
_basePoint (float) : float Base point for breakout checks.
@return tuple(bool, BoxData) Returns a boolean indicating success and the created BoxData struct.
ProcessBoxDatas(_datas, _useMidLine, _closeCount, _colorClose)
ProcessBoxDatas
@description Process an array of BoxData structs: extend, record volume, update stage, and finalize boxes.
Parameters:
_datas (array) : array Array of BoxData objects to process.
_useMidLine (bool) : bool Whether to update the midline endpoint.
_closeCount (int) : int Number of touches required to close the box.
_colorClose (color) : color Color to apply when a box closes.
@return void No return value; updates are in-place.
BoxData
Fields:
_isActive (series bool)
_isBull (series bool)
_box (series box)
_line (series line)
_basePoint (series float)
_boxTop (series float)
_boxBot (series float)
_stage (series int)
_isStay (series bool)
_volBuy (series float)
_volSell (series float)
_result (series string)
LineData
Fields:
_isActive (series bool)
_isBull (series bool)
_line (series line)
_basePoint (series float)
_stage (series int)
_isStay (series bool)
_result (series string)
LinearRegressionLibrary "LinearRegression"
Calculates a variety of linear regression and deviation types, with optional emphasis weighting. Additionally, multiple of slope and Pearson’s R calculations.
calcSlope(_src, _len, _condition)
Calculates the slope of a linear regression over the specified length.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period for the linear regression.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation. Set to true to calculate on every bar; otherwise, set to barstate.islast for efficiency.
Returns: (float) The slope of the linear regression.
calcReg(_src, _len, _condition)
Calculates a basic linear regression, returning y1, y2, slope, and average.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data series.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: (float ) An array of 4 values: .
calcRegStandard(_src, _len, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates an Standard linear regression with optional emphasis.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (series float) The source data series.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
_emphasis (float) : (float) The emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: (float ) .
calcRegRidge(_src, _len, lambda, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates a ridge regression with optional emphasis.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data series.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
lambda (float) : (float) The ridge regularization parameter.
_emphasis (float) : (float) The emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: (float ) .
calcRegLasso(_src, _len, lambda, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates a Lasso regression with optional emphasis.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data series.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
lambda (float) : (float) The Lasso regularization parameter.
_emphasis (float) : (float) The emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: (float ) .
calcElasticNetLinReg(_src, _len, lambda1, lambda2, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates an Elastic Net regression with optional emphasis.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data series.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
lambda1 (float) : (float) L1 regularization parameter (Lasso).
lambda2 (float) : (float) L2 regularization parameter (Ridge).
_emphasis (float) : (float) Emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: (float ) .
calcRegHuber(_src, _len, delta, iterations, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates a Huber regression using Iteratively Reweighted Least Squares (IRLS).
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data series.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
delta (float) : (float) Huber threshold parameter.
iterations (int) : (int) Number of IRLS iterations.
_emphasis (float) : (float) Emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: (float ) .
calcRegLAD(_src, _len, iterations, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates a Least Absolute Deviations (LAD) regression via IRLS.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data series.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
iterations (int) : (int) Number of IRLS iterations for LAD.
_emphasis (float) : (float) Emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: (float ) .
calcRegBayesian(_src, _len, priorMean, priorSpan, sigma, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates a Bayesian linear regression with optional emphasis.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data series.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
priorMean (float) : (float) The prior mean for the slope.
priorSpan (float) : (float) The prior variance (or span) for the slope.
sigma (float) : (float) The assumed standard deviation of residuals.
_emphasis (float) : (float) Emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: (float ) .
calcRFromLinReg(_src, _len, _slope, _average, _y1, _condition)
Calculates the Pearson correlation coefficient (R) based on linear regression parameters.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
_slope (float) : (float) The slope of the linear regression.
_average (float) : (float) The average value of the source data series.
_y1 (float) : (float) The starting point (y-intercept of the oldest bar) for the linear regression.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation. Set to true to calculate on every bar; otherwise, set to barstate.islast for efficiency.
Returns: (float) The Pearson correlation coefficient (R) adjusted for the direction of the slope.
calcRFromSource(_src, _len, _condition)
Calculates the correlation coefficient (R) using a specified length and source data.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation. Set to true to calculate on every bar; otherwise, set to barstate.islast for efficiency.
Returns: (float) The correlation coefficient (R).
calcSlopeLengthZero(_src, _len, _minLen, _step, _condition)
Identifies the length at which the slope is flattest (closest to zero).
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data.
_len (int) : (int) The maximum lookback length to consider (minimum of 2).
_minLen (int) : (int) The minimum length to start from (cannot exceed the max length).
_step (int) : (int) The increment step for lengths.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation. Set to true to calculate on every bar; otherwise, set to barstate.islast.
Returns: (int) The length at which the slope is flattest.
calcSlopeLengthHighest(_src, _len, _minLen, _step, _condition)
Identifies the length at which the slope is highest.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data.
_len (int) : (int) The maximum lookback length (minimum of 2).
_minLen (int) : (int) The minimum length to start from.
_step (int) : (int) The step for incrementing lengths.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation. Set to true to calculate on every bar; otherwise, set to barstate.islast.
Returns: (int) The length at which the slope is highest.
calcSlopeLengthLowest(_src, _len, _minLen, _step, _condition)
Identifies the length at which the slope is lowest.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data.
_len (int) : (int) The maximum lookback length (minimum of 2).
_minLen (int) : (int) The minimum length to start from.
_step (int) : (int) The step for incrementing lengths.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation. Set to true to calculate on every bar; otherwise, set to barstate.islast.
Returns: (int) The length at which the slope is lowest.
calcSlopeLengthAbsolute(_src, _len, _minLen, _step, _condition)
Identifies the length at which the absolute slope value is highest.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data.
_len (int) : (int) The maximum lookback length (minimum of 2).
_minLen (int) : (int) The minimum length to start from.
_step (int) : (int) The step for incrementing lengths.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation. Set to true to calculate on every bar; otherwise, set to barstate.islast.
Returns: (int) The length at which the absolute slope value is highest.
calcRLengthZero(_src, _len, _minLen, _step, _condition)
Identifies the length with the lowest absolute R value.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data.
_len (int) : (int) The maximum lookback length (minimum of 2).
_minLen (int) : (int) The minimum length to start from.
_step (int) : (int) The step for incrementing lengths.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation. Set to true to calculate on every bar; otherwise, set to barstate.islast.
Returns: (int) The length with the lowest absolute R value.
calcRLengthHighest(_src, _len, _minLen, _step, _condition)
Identifies the length with the highest R value.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data.
_len (int) : (int) The maximum lookback length (minimum of 2).
_minLen (int) : (int) The minimum length to start from.
_step (int) : (int) The step for incrementing lengths.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation. Set to true to calculate on every bar; otherwise, set to barstate.islast.
Returns: (int) The length with the highest R value.
calcRLengthLowest(_src, _len, _minLen, _step, _condition)
Identifies the length with the lowest R value.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data.
_len (int) : (int) The maximum lookback length (minimum of 2).
_minLen (int) : (int) The minimum length to start from.
_step (int) : (int) The step for incrementing lengths.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation. Set to true to calculate on every bar; otherwise, set to barstate.islast.
Returns: (int) The length with the lowest R value.
calcRLengthAbsolute(_src, _len, _minLen, _step, _condition)
Identifies the length with the highest absolute R value.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data.
_len (int) : (int) The maximum lookback length (minimum of 2).
_minLen (int) : (int) The minimum length to start from.
_step (int) : (int) The step for incrementing lengths.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation. Set to true to calculate on every bar; otherwise, set to barstate.islast.
Returns: (int) The length with the highest absolute R value.
calcDevReverse(_src, _len, _slope, _y1, _inputDev, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates the regressive linear deviation in reverse order, with optional emphasis on recent data.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
_slope (float) : (float) The slope of the linear regression.
_y1 (float) : (float) The y-intercept (oldest bar) of the linear regression.
_inputDev (float) : (float) The input deviation multiplier.
_emphasis (float) : (float) Emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: A 2-element tuple: .
calcDevForward(_src, _len, _slope, _y1, _inputDev, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates the progressive linear deviation in forward order (oldest to most recent bar), with optional emphasis.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data array, where _src is oldest and _src is most recent.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
_slope (float) : (float) The slope of the linear regression.
_y1 (float) : (float) The y-intercept of the linear regression (value at the most recent bar, adjusted by slope).
_inputDev (float) : (float) The input deviation multiplier.
_emphasis (float) : (float) Emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: A 2-element tuple: .
calcDevBalanced(_src, _len, _slope, _y1, _inputDev, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates the balanced linear deviation with optional emphasis on recent or older data.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) Source data array, where _src is the most recent and _src is the oldest.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
_slope (float) : (float) The slope of the linear regression.
_y1 (float) : (float) The y-intercept of the linear regression (value at the oldest bar).
_inputDev (float) : (float) The input deviation multiplier.
_emphasis (float) : (float) Emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: A 2-element tuple: .
calcDevMean(_src, _len, _slope, _y1, _inputDev, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates the mean absolute deviation from a forward-applied linear trend (oldest to most recent), with optional emphasis.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data array, where _src is the most recent and _src is the oldest.
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
_slope (float) : (float) The slope of the linear regression.
_y1 (float) : (float) The y-intercept (oldest bar) of the linear regression.
_inputDev (float) : (float) The input deviation multiplier.
_emphasis (float) : (float) Emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: A 2-element tuple: .
calcDevMedian(_src, _len, _slope, _y1, _inputDev, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates the median absolute deviation with optional emphasis on recent data.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data array (index 0 = oldest, index _len - 1 = most recent).
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
_slope (float) : (float) The slope of the linear regression.
_y1 (float) : (float) The y-intercept (oldest bar) of the linear regression.
_inputDev (float) : (float) The deviation multiplier.
_emphasis (float) : (float) Emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns:
calcDevPercent(_y1, _inputDev, _condition)
Calculates the percent deviation from a given value and a specified percentage.
Parameters:
_y1 (float) : (float) The base value from which to calculate deviation.
_inputDev (float) : (float) The deviation percentage.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: A 2-element tuple: .
calcDevFitted(_len, _slope, _y1, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates the weighted fitted deviation based on high and low series data, showing max deviation, with optional emphasis.
Parameters:
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
_slope (float) : (float) The slope of the linear regression.
_y1 (float) : (float) The Y-intercept (oldest bar) of the linear regression.
_emphasis (float) : (float) Emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: A 2-element tuple: .
calcDevATR(_src, _len, _slope, _y1, _inputDev, _emphasis, _condition)
Calculates an ATR-style deviation with optional emphasis on recent data.
Parameters:
_src (float) : (float) The source data (typically close).
_len (int) : (int) The length of the lookback period.
_slope (float) : (float) The slope of the linear regression.
_y1 (float) : (float) The Y-intercept (oldest bar) of the linear regression.
_inputDev (float) : (float) The input deviation multiplier.
_emphasis (float) : (float) Emphasis factor: 0 for equal weight; >0 emphasizes recent bars; <0 emphasizes older bars.
_condition (bool) : (bool) Flag to enable calculation (true = calculate).
Returns: A 2-element tuple: .
calcPricePositionPercent(_top, _bot, _src)
Calculates the percent position of a price within a linear regression channel. Top=100%, Bottom=0%.
Parameters:
_top (float) : (float) The top (positive) deviation, corresponding to 100%.
_bot (float) : (float) The bottom (negative) deviation, corresponding to 0%.
_src (float) : (float) The source price.
Returns: (float) The percent position within the channel.
plotLinReg(_len, _y1, _y2, _slope, _devTop, _devBot, _scaleTypeLog, _lineWidth, _extendLines, _channelStyle, _colorFill, _colUpLine, _colDnLine, _colUpFill, _colDnFill)
Plots the linear regression line and its deviations, with configurable styles and fill.
Parameters:
_len (int) : (int) The lookback period for the linear regression.
_y1 (float) : (float) The starting y-value of the regression line.
_y2 (float) : (float) The ending y-value of the regression line.
_slope (float) : (float) The slope of the regression line (used to determine line color).
_devTop (float) : (float) The top deviation to add to the line.
_devBot (float) : (float) The bottom deviation to subtract from the line.
_scaleTypeLog (bool) : (bool) Use a log scale if true; otherwise, linear scale.
_lineWidth (int) : (int) The width of the plotted lines.
_extendLines (string) : (string) How lines should extend (none, left, right, both).
_channelStyle (string) : (string) The style of the channel lines (solid, dashed, dotted).
_colorFill (bool) : (bool) Whether to fill the space between the top and bottom deviation lines.
_colUpLine (color) : (color) Line color when slope is positive.
_colDnLine (color) : (color) Line color when slope is negative.
_colUpFill (color) : (color) Fill color when slope is positive.
_colDnFill (color) : (color) Fill color when slope is negative.
Exposure Oscillator (Cumulative 0 to ±100%)
Exposure Oscillator (Cumulative 0 to ±100%)
This Pine Script indicator plots an "Exposure Oscillator" on the chart, which tracks the cumulative market exposure from a range of technical buy and sell signals. The exposure is measured on a scale from -100% (maximum short exposure) to +100% (maximum long exposure), helping traders assess the strength of their position in the market. It provides an intuitive visual cue to aid decision-making for trend-following strategies.
Buy Signals (Increase Exposure Score by +10%)
Buy Signal 1 (Cross Above 21 EMA):
This signal is triggered when the price crosses above the 21-period Exponential Moving Average (EMA), where the current bar closes above the EMA21, and the previous bar closed below the EMA21. This indicates a potential upward price movement as the market shifts into a bullish trend.
buySignal1 = ta.crossover(close, ema21)
Buy Signal 2 (Trending Above 21 EMA):
This signal is triggered when the price closes above the 21-period EMA for each of the last 5 bars, indicating a sustained bullish trend. It confirms that the price is consistently above the EMA21 for a significant period.
buySignal2 = ta.barssince(close <= ema21) > 5
Buy Signal 3 (Living Above 21 EMA):
This signal is triggered when the price has closed above the 21-period EMA for each of the last 15 bars, demonstrating a strong, prolonged uptrend.
buySignal3 = ta.barssince(close <= ema21) > 15
Buy Signal 4 (Cross Above 50 SMA):
This signal is triggered when the price crosses above the 50-period Simple Moving Average (SMA), where the current bar closes above the 50 SMA, and the previous bar closed below it. It indicates a shift toward bullish momentum.
buySignal4 = ta.crossover(close, sma50)
Buy Signal 5 (Cross Above 200 SMA):
This signal is triggered when the price crosses above the 200-period Simple Moving Average (SMA), where the current bar closes above the 200 SMA, and the previous bar closed below it. This suggests a long-term bullish trend.
buySignal5 = ta.crossover(close, sma200)
Buy Signal 6 (Low Above 50 SMA):
This signal is true when the lowest price of the current bar is above the 50-period SMA, indicating strong bullish pressure as the price maintains itself above the moving average.
buySignal6 = low > sma50
Buy Signal 7 (Accumulation Day):
An accumulation day occurs when the closing price is in the upper half of the daily range (greater than 50%) and the volume is larger than the previous bar's volume, suggesting buying pressure and accumulation.
buySignal7 = (close - low) / (high - low) > 0.5 and volume > volume
Buy Signal 8 (Higher High):
This signal occurs when the current bar’s high exceeds the highest high of the previous 14 bars, indicating a breakout or strong upward momentum.
buySignal8 = high > ta.highest(high, 14)
Buy Signal 9 (Key Reversal Bar):
This signal is generated when the stock opens below the low of the previous bar but rallies to close above the previous bar’s high, signaling a potential reversal from bearish to bullish.
buySignal9 = open < low and close > high
Buy Signal 10 (Distribution Day Fall Off):
This signal is triggered when a distribution day (a day with high volume and a close near the low of the range) "falls off" the rolling 25-bar period, indicating the end of a bearish trend or selling pressure.
buySignal10 = ta.barssince(close < sma50 and close < sma50) > 25
Sell Signals (Decrease Exposure Score by -10%)
Sell Signal 1 (Cross Below 21 EMA):
This signal is triggered when the price crosses below the 21-period Exponential Moving Average (EMA), where the current bar closes below the EMA21, and the previous bar closed above it. It suggests that the market may be shifting from a bullish trend to a bearish trend.
sellSignal1 = ta.crossunder(close, ema21)
Sell Signal 2 (Trending Below 21 EMA):
This signal is triggered when the price closes below the 21-period EMA for each of the last 5 bars, indicating a sustained bearish trend.
sellSignal2 = ta.barssince(close >= ema21) > 5
Sell Signal 3 (Living Below 21 EMA):
This signal is triggered when the price has closed below the 21-period EMA for each of the last 15 bars, suggesting a strong downtrend.
sellSignal3 = ta.barssince(close >= ema21) > 15
Sell Signal 4 (Cross Below 50 SMA):
This signal is triggered when the price crosses below the 50-period Simple Moving Average (SMA), where the current bar closes below the 50 SMA, and the previous bar closed above it. It indicates the start of a bearish trend.
sellSignal4 = ta.crossunder(close, sma50)
Sell Signal 5 (Cross Below 200 SMA):
This signal is triggered when the price crosses below the 200-period Simple Moving Average (SMA), where the current bar closes below the 200 SMA, and the previous bar closed above it. It indicates a long-term bearish trend.
sellSignal5 = ta.crossunder(close, sma200)
Sell Signal 6 (High Below 50 SMA):
This signal is true when the highest price of the current bar is below the 50-period SMA, indicating weak bullishness or a potential bearish reversal.
sellSignal6 = high < sma50
Sell Signal 7 (Distribution Day):
A distribution day is identified when the closing range of a bar is less than 50% and the volume is larger than the previous bar's volume, suggesting that selling pressure is increasing.
sellSignal7 = (close - low) / (high - low) < 0.5 and volume > volume
Sell Signal 8 (Lower Low):
This signal occurs when the current bar's low is less than the lowest low of the previous 14 bars, indicating a breakdown or strong downward momentum.
sellSignal8 = low < ta.lowest(low, 14)
Sell Signal 9 (Downside Reversal Bar):
A downside reversal bar occurs when the stock opens above the previous bar's high but falls to close below the previous bar’s low, signaling a reversal from bullish to bearish.
sellSignal9 = open > high and close < low
Sell Signal 10 (Distribution Cluster):
This signal is triggered when a distribution day occurs three times in the rolling 7-bar period, indicating significant selling pressure.
sellSignal10 = ta.valuewhen((close < low) and volume > volume , 1, 7) >= 3
Theme Mode:
Users can select the theme mode (Auto, Dark, or Light) to match the chart's background or to manually choose a light or dark theme for the oscillator's appearance.
Exposure Score Calculation: The script calculates a cumulative exposure score based on a series of buy and sell signals.
Buy signals increase the exposure score, while sell signals decrease it. Each signal impacts the score by ±10%.
Signal Conditions: The buy and sell signals are derived from multiple conditions, including crossovers with moving averages (EMA21, SMA50, SMA200), trend behavior, and price/volume analysis.
Oscillator Visualization: The exposure score is visualized as a line on the chart, changing color based on whether the exposure is positive (long position) or negative (short position). It is limited to the range of -100% to +100%.
Position Type: The indicator also indicates the position type based on the exposure score, labeling it as "Long," "Short," or "Neutral."
Horizontal Lines: Reference lines at 0%, 100%, and -100% visually mark neutral, increasing long, and increasing short exposure levels.
Exposure Table: A table displays the current exposure level (in percentage) and position type ("Long," "Short," or "Neutral"), updated dynamically based on the oscillator’s value.
Inputs:
Theme Mode: Choose "Auto" to use the default chart theme, or manually select "Dark" or "Light."
Usage:
This oscillator is designed to help traders track market sentiment, gauge exposure levels, and manage risk. It can be used for long-term trend-following strategies or short-term trades based on moving average crossovers and volume analysis.
The oscillator operates in conjunction with the chart’s price action and provides a visual representation of the market’s current trend strength and exposure.
Important Considerations:
Risk Management: While the exposure score provides valuable insight, it should be combined with other risk management tools and analysis for optimal trading decisions.
Signal Sensitivity: The accuracy and effectiveness of the signals depend on market conditions and may require adjustments based on the user’s trading strategy or timeframe.
Disclaimer:
This script is for educational purposes only. Trading involves significant risk, and users should carefully evaluate all market conditions and apply appropriate risk management strategies before using this tool in live trading environments.
JordanSwindenLibraryLibrary "JordanSwindenLibrary"
TODO: add library description here
getDecimals()
Calculates how many decimals are on the quote price of the current market
Returns: The current decimal places on the market quote price
getPipSize(multiplier)
Calculates the pip size of the current market
Parameters:
multiplier (int) : The mintick point multiplier (1 by default, 10 for FX/Crypto/CFD but can be used to override when certain markets require)
Returns: The pip size for the current market
truncate(number, decimalPlaces)
Truncates (cuts) excess decimal places
Parameters:
number (float) : The number to truncate
decimalPlaces (simple float) : (default=2) The number of decimal places to truncate to
Returns: The given number truncated to the given decimalPlaces
toWhole(number)
Converts pips into whole numbers
Parameters:
number (float) : The pip number to convert into a whole number
Returns: The converted number
toPips(number)
Converts whole numbers back into pips
Parameters:
number (float) : The whole number to convert into pips
Returns: The converted number
getPctChange(value1, value2, lookback)
Gets the percentage change between 2 float values over a given lookback period
Parameters:
value1 (float) : The first value to reference
value2 (float) : The second value to reference
lookback (int) : The lookback period to analyze
Returns: The percent change over the two values and lookback period
random(minRange, maxRange)
Wichmann–Hill Pseudo-Random Number Generator
Parameters:
minRange (float) : The smallest possible number (default: 0)
maxRange (float) : The largest possible number (default: 1)
Returns: A random number between minRange and maxRange
bullFib(priceLow, priceHigh, fibRatio)
Calculates a bullish fibonacci value
Parameters:
priceLow (float) : The lowest price point
priceHigh (float) : The highest price point
fibRatio (float) : The fibonacci % ratio to calculate
Returns: The fibonacci value of the given ratio between the two price points
bearFib(priceLow, priceHigh, fibRatio)
Calculates a bearish fibonacci value
Parameters:
priceLow (float) : The lowest price point
priceHigh (float) : The highest price point
fibRatio (float) : The fibonacci % ratio to calculate
Returns: The fibonacci value of the given ratio between the two price points
getMA(length, maType)
Gets a Moving Average based on type (! MUST BE CALLED ON EVERY TICK TO BE ACCURATE, don't place in scopes)
Parameters:
length (simple int) : The MA period
maType (string) : The type of MA
Returns: A moving average with the given parameters
barsAboveMA(lookback, ma)
Counts how many candles are above the MA
Parameters:
lookback (int) : The lookback period to look back over
ma (float) : The moving average to check
Returns: The bar count of how many recent bars are above the MA
barsBelowMA(lookback, ma)
Counts how many candles are below the MA
Parameters:
lookback (int) : The lookback period to look back over
ma (float) : The moving average to reference
Returns: The bar count of how many recent bars are below the EMA
barsCrossedMA(lookback, ma)
Counts how many times the EMA was crossed recently (based on closing prices)
Parameters:
lookback (int) : The lookback period to look back over
ma (float) : The moving average to reference
Returns: The bar count of how many times price recently crossed the EMA (based on closing prices)
getPullbackBarCount(lookback, direction)
Counts how many green & red bars have printed recently (ie. pullback count)
Parameters:
lookback (int) : The lookback period to look back over
direction (int) : The color of the bar to count (1 = Green, -1 = Red)
Returns: The bar count of how many candles have retraced over the given lookback & direction
getBodySize()
Gets the current candle's body size (in POINTS, divide by 10 to get pips)
Returns: The current candle's body size in POINTS
getTopWickSize()
Gets the current candle's top wick size (in POINTS, divide by 10 to get pips)
Returns: The current candle's top wick size in POINTS
getBottomWickSize()
Gets the current candle's bottom wick size (in POINTS, divide by 10 to get pips)
Returns: The current candle's bottom wick size in POINTS
getBodyPercent()
Gets the current candle's body size as a percentage of its entire size including its wicks
Returns: The current candle's body size percentage
isHammer(fib, colorMatch)
Checks if the current bar is a hammer candle based on the given parameters
Parameters:
fib (float) : (default=0.382) The fib to base candle body on
colorMatch (bool) : (default=false) Does the candle need to be green? (true/false)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a hammer candle
isStar(fib, colorMatch)
Checks if the current bar is a shooting star candle based on the given parameters
Parameters:
fib (float) : (default=0.382) The fib to base candle body on
colorMatch (bool) : (default=false) Does the candle need to be red? (true/false)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a shooting star candle
isDoji(wickSize, bodySize)
Checks if the current bar is a doji candle based on the given parameters
Parameters:
wickSize (float) : (default=2) The maximum top wick size compared to the bottom (and vice versa)
bodySize (float) : (default=0.05) The maximum body size as a percentage compared to the entire candle size
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a doji candle
isBullishEC(allowance, rejectionWickSize, engulfWick)
Checks if the current bar is a bullish engulfing candle
Parameters:
allowance (float) : (default=0) How many POINTS to allow the open to be off by (useful for markets with micro gaps)
rejectionWickSize (float) : (default=disabled) The maximum rejection wick size compared to the body as a percentage
engulfWick (bool) : (default=false) Does the engulfing candle require the wick to be engulfed as well?
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a bullish engulfing candle
isBearishEC(allowance, rejectionWickSize, engulfWick)
Checks if the current bar is a bearish engulfing candle
Parameters:
allowance (float) : (default=0) How many POINTS to allow the open to be off by (useful for markets with micro gaps)
rejectionWickSize (float) : (default=disabled) The maximum rejection wick size compared to the body as a percentage
engulfWick (bool) : (default=false) Does the engulfing candle require the wick to be engulfed as well?
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a bearish engulfing candle
isInsideBar()
Detects inside bars
Returns: Returns true if the current bar is an inside bar
isOutsideBar()
Detects outside bars
Returns: Returns true if the current bar is an outside bar
barInSession(sess, useFilter)
Determines if the current price bar falls inside the specified session
Parameters:
sess (simple string) : The session to check
useFilter (bool) : (default=true) Whether or not to actually use this filter
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls within the given time session
barOutSession(sess, useFilter)
Determines if the current price bar falls outside the specified session
Parameters:
sess (simple string) : The session to check
useFilter (bool) : (default=true) Whether or not to actually use this filter
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls outside the given time session
dateFilter(startTime, endTime)
Determines if this bar's time falls within date filter range
Parameters:
startTime (int) : The UNIX date timestamp to begin searching from
endTime (int) : the UNIX date timestamp to stop searching from
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls within the given dates
dayFilter(monday, tuesday, wednesday, thursday, friday, saturday, sunday)
Checks if the current bar's day is in the list of given days to analyze
Parameters:
monday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
tuesday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
wednesday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
thursday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
friday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
saturday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
sunday (bool) : Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar's day is one of the given days
atrFilter(atrValue, maxSize)
Parameters:
atrValue (float)
maxSize (float)
tradeCount()
Calculate total trade count
Returns: Total closed trade count
isLong()
Check if we're currently in a long trade
Returns: True if our position size is positive
isShort()
Check if we're currently in a short trade
Returns: True if our position size is negative
isFlat()
Check if we're currentlyflat
Returns: True if our position size is zero
wonTrade()
Check if this bar falls after a winning trade
Returns: True if we just won a trade
lostTrade()
Check if this bar falls after a losing trade
Returns: True if we just lost a trade
maxDrawdownRealized()
Gets the max drawdown based on closed trades (ie. realized P&L). The strategy tester displays max drawdown as open P&L (unrealized).
Returns: The max drawdown based on closed trades (ie. realized P&L). The strategy tester displays max drawdown as open P&L (unrealized).
totalPipReturn()
Gets the total amount of pips won/lost (as a whole number)
Returns: Total amount of pips won/lost (as a whole number)
longWinCount()
Count how many winning long trades we've had
Returns: Long win count
shortWinCount()
Count how many winning short trades we've had
Returns: Short win count
longLossCount()
Count how many losing long trades we've had
Returns: Long loss count
shortLossCount()
Count how many losing short trades we've had
Returns: Short loss count
breakEvenCount(allowanceTicks)
Count how many break-even trades we've had
Parameters:
allowanceTicks (float) : Optional - how many ticks to allow between entry & exit price (default 0)
Returns: Break-even count
longCount()
Count how many long trades we've taken
Returns: Long trade count
shortCount()
Count how many short trades we've taken
Returns: Short trade count
longWinPercent()
Calculate win rate of long trades
Returns: Long win rate (0-100)
shortWinPercent()
Calculate win rate of short trades
Returns: Short win rate (0-100)
breakEvenPercent(allowanceTicks)
Calculate break even rate of all trades
Parameters:
allowanceTicks (float) : Optional - how many ticks to allow between entry & exit price (default 0)
Returns: Break-even win rate (0-100)
averageRR()
Calculate average risk:reward
Returns: Average winning trade divided by average losing trade
unitsToLots(units)
(Forex) Convert the given unit count to lots (multiples of 100,000)
Parameters:
units (float) : The units to convert into lots
Returns: Units converted to nearest lot size (as float)
getFxPositionSize(balance, risk, stopLossPips, fxRate, lots)
(Forex) Calculate fixed-fractional position size based on given parameters
Parameters:
balance (float) : The account balance
risk (float) : The % risk (whole number)
stopLossPips (float) : Pip distance to base risk on
fxRate (float) : The conversion currency rate (more info below in library documentation)
lots (bool) : Whether or not to return the position size in lots rather than units (true by default)
Returns: Units/lots to enter into "qty=" parameter of strategy entry function
EXAMPLE USAGE:
string conversionCurrencyPair = (strategy.account_currency == syminfo.currency ? syminfo.tickerid : strategy.account_currency + syminfo.currency)
float fx_rate = request.security(conversionCurrencyPair, timeframe.period, close )
if (longCondition)
strategy.entry("Long", strategy.long, qty=zen.getFxPositionSize(strategy.equity, 1, stopLossPipsWholeNumber, fx_rate, true))
skipTradeMonteCarlo(chance, debug)
Checks to see if trade should be skipped to emulate rudimentary Monte Carlo simulation
Parameters:
chance (float) : The chance to skip a trade (0-1 or 0-100, function will normalize to 0-1)
debug (bool) : Whether or not to display a label informing of the trade skip
Returns: True if the trade is skipped, false if it's not skipped (idea being to include this function in entry condition validation checks)
fillCell(tableID, column, row, title, value, bgcolor, txtcolor, tooltip)
This updates the given table's cell with the given values
Parameters:
tableID (table) : The table ID to update
column (int) : The column to update
row (int) : The row to update
title (string) : The title of this cell
value (string) : The value of this cell
bgcolor (color) : The background color of this cell
txtcolor (color) : The text color of this cell
tooltip (string)
Returns: Nothing.
Auto Volume Spread Analysis (VSA) [TANHEF]Auto Volume Spread Analysis (visible volume and spread bars auto-scaled): Understanding Market Intentions through the Interpretation of Volume and Price Movements.
All the sections below contain the same descriptions as my other indicator "Volume Spread Analysis" with the exception of 'Auto Scaling'.
█ Auto-Scaling
This indicator auto-scales spread bars to match the visible volume bars, unlike the previous "Volume Spread Analysis " version which limited the number of visible spread bars to a fixed count. The auto-scaling feature allows for easier navigation through historical data, enabling both more historical spread bars to be viewed and more historical VSA pattern labels being displayed without requiring using the bar replay tool. Please note that this indicator’s auto-scaling feature recalculates the visible bars on the chart, causing the indicator to reload whenever the chart is moved.
Auto-scaled spread bars have two display options (set via 'Spread Bars Method' setting):
Lines: a bar lookback limit of 500 bars.
Polylines: no bar lookback limit as only plotted on visible bars on chart, which uses multiple polylines are used.
█ Simple Explanation:
The Volume Spread Analysis (VSA) indicator is a comprehensive tool that helps traders identify key market patterns and trends based on volume and spread data. This indicator highlights significant VSA patterns and provides insights into market behavior through color-coded volume/spread bars and identification of bars indicating strength, weakness, and neutrality between buyers and sellers. It also includes powerful volume and spread forecasting capabilities.
█ Laws of Volume Spread Analysis (VSA):
The origin of VSA begins with Richard Wyckoff, a pivotal figure in its development. Wyckoff made significant contributions to trading theory, including the formulation of three basic laws:
The Law of Supply and Demand: This fundamental law states that supply and demand balance each other over time. High demand and low supply lead to rising prices until demand falls to a level where supply can meet it. Conversely, low demand and high supply cause prices to fall until demand increases enough to absorb the excess supply.
The Law of Cause and Effect: This law assumes that a 'cause' will result in an 'effect' proportional to the 'cause'. A strong 'cause' will lead to a strong trend (effect), while a weak 'cause' will lead to a weak trend.
The Law of Effort vs. Result: This law asserts that the result should reflect the effort exerted. In trading terms, a large volume should result in a significant price move (spread). If the spread is small, the volume should also be small. Any deviation from this pattern is considered an anomaly.
█ Volume and Spread Analysis Bars:
Display: Volume and spread bars that consist of color coded levels, with the spread bars scaled to match the volume bars. A displayable table (Legend) of bar colors and levels can give context and clarify to each volume/spread bar.
Calculation: Levels are calculated using multipliers applied to moving averages to represent key levels based on historical data: low, normal, high, ultra. This method smooths out short-term fluctuations and focuses on longer-term trends.
Low Level: Indicates reduced volatility and market interest.
Normal Level: Reflects typical market activity and volatility.
High Level: Indicates increased activity and volatility.
Ultra Level: Identifies extreme levels of activity and volatility.
This illustrates the appearance of Volume and Spread bars when scaled and plotted together:
█ Forecasting Capabilities:
Display: Forecasted volume and spread levels using predictive models.
Calculation: Volume and Spread prediction calculations differ as volume is linear and spread is non-linear.
Volume Forecast (Linear Forecasting): Predicts future volume based on current volume rate and bar time till close.
Spread Forecast (Non-Linear Dynamic Forecasting): Predicts future spread using a dynamic multiplier, less near midpoint (consolidation) and more near low or high (trending), reflecting non-linear expansion.
Moving Averages: In forecasting, moving averages utilize forecasted levels instead of actual levels to ensure the correct level is forecasted (low, normal, high, or ultra).
The following compares forecasted volume with actual resulting volume, highlighting the power of early identifying increased volume through forecasted levels:
█ VSA Patterns:
Criteria and descriptions for each VSA pattern are available as tooltips beside them within the indicator’s settings. These tooltips provide explanations of potential developments based on the volume and spread data.
Signs of Strength (🟢): Patterns indicating strong buying pressure and potential market upturns.
Down Thrust
Selling Climax
No Effort ➤ Bearish Result
Bearish Effort ➤ No Result
Inverse Down Thrust
Failed Selling Climax
Bull Outside Reversal
End of Falling Market (Bag Holder)
Pseudo Down Thrust
No Supply
Signs of Weakness (🔴): Patterns indicating strong selling pressure and potential market downturns.
Up Thrust
Buying Climax
No Effort ➤ Bullish Result
Bullish Effort ➤ No Result
Inverse Up Thrust
Failed Buying Climax
Bear Outside Reversal
End of Rising Market (Bag Seller)
Pseudo Up Thrust
No Demand
Neutral Patterns (🔵): Patterns indicating market indecision and potential for continuation or reversal.
Quiet Doji
Balanced Doji
Strong Doji
Quiet Spinning Top
Balanced Spinning Top
Strong Spinning Top
Quiet High Wave
Balanced High Wave
Strong High Wave
Consolidation
Bar Patterns (🟡): Common candlestick patterns that offer insights into market sentiment. These are required in some VSA patterns and can also be displayed independently.
Bull Pin Bar
Bear Pin Bar
Doji
Spinning Top
High Wave
Consolidation
This demonstrates the acronym and descriptive options for displaying bar patterns, with the ability to hover over text to reveal the descriptive text along with what type of pattern:
█ Alerts:
VSA Pattern Alerts: Notifications for identified VSA patterns at bar close.
Volume and Spread Alerts: Alerts for confirmed and forecasted volume/spread levels (Low, High, Ultra).
Forecasted Volume and Spread Alerts: Alerts for forecasted volume/spread levels (High, Ultra) include a minimum percent time elapsed input to reduce false early signals by ensuring sufficient bar time has passed.
█ Inputs and Settings:
Indicator Bar Color: Select color schemes for bars (Normal, Detail, Levels).
Indicator Moving Average Color: Select schemes for bars (Fill, Lines, None).
Price Bar Colors: Options to color price bars based on VSA patterns and volume levels.
Legend: Display a table of bar colors and levels for context and clarity of volume/spread bars.
Forecast: Configure forecast display and prediction details for volume and spread.
Average Multipliers: Define multipliers for different levels (Low, High, Ultra) to refine the analysis.
Moving Average: Set volume and spread moving average settings.
VSA: Select the VSA patterns to be calculated and displayed (Strength, Weakness, Neutral).
Bar Patterns: Criteria for bar patterns used in VSA (Doji, Bull Pin Bar, Bear Pin Bar, Spinning Top, Consolidation, High Wave).
Colors: Set exact colors used for indicator bars, indicator moving averages, and price bars.
More Display Options: Specify how VSA pattern text is displayed (Acronym, Descriptive), positioning, and sizes.
Alerts: Configure alerts for VSA patterns, volume, and spread levels, including forecasted levels.
█ Usage:
The Volume Spread Analysis indicator is a helpful tool for leveraging volume spread analysis to make informed trading decisions. It offers comprehensive visual and textual cues on the chart, making it easier to identify market conditions, potential reversals, and continuations. Whether analyzing historical data or forecasting future trends, this indicator provides insights into the underlying factors driving market movements.
[Support and Resistance with Trend Lines] with Backtest (TSO) with Backtest (TSO)
===========================================================================
===========================================================================
This indicator serves as a comprehensive full-cycle trading system, providing alerts at each stage of the trade, from opening to closure. The algorithm uses most recent and historical S&R (Support and Resistance) levels with most recent and historical Trend Lines, generating signals for trades when Breaks/Bounces occur (Trade Open Signal triggers can be configured via very customizable indicator Input "Signal Trigger Matrix" settings). With signal for trade open, TP (Take Profit and SL (Stop Loss) levels are calculated as well and marked on the chart including alerts for each action of the trade. The indicator offers a variety of automated approaches for TP (Take-Profit) and SL (Stop-Loss) settings. These include static current/historical S&R (Support and Resistance) levels or S&R/Trend Lines dynamic breaks for TP (Take-Profit) and various SL (Stop-Loss) approaches, including ATR Trailing SL, opposite S&R (Support and Resistance) levels SL, opposite Trend Lines SL and more. This diverse set of tools ensure flexibility in tailoring TP (Take-Profit) and SL (Stop-Loss) parameters to different market conditions, contributing to a more adaptive and robust trading system. Additionally, a series of signal analysis tools, including market sentiment, candle bar analysis, divergence, and volume, enhance the precision of trading signals.
* Works with popular timeframes: 1M, 3M, 5M, 15M, 30M, 45M, 1H.
* Works well with Futures and Indices, can be used to trade Stocks, Crypto and FOREX.
* Includes LIVE alert/labels Breakouts and Bounces signal trigger feature, which can be used for scalping (NOTE: This approach cannot be backtested).
* Every action of the trade is calculated on a confirmed closed candle bar state (barstate.isconfirmed), so the indicator will never repaint.
==============================================================
Indicator examples:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strategy Config: SRTL_MES_15M3Y_EODoff_ALL
Here is a nice example of MES (Micro E-Mini S&P 500 Index Futures) configuration, which uses S&R (Support and Resistance) breakouts as signal trigger with Elliot Wave confirmation and previous S&R historical levels for TP (Take-Profit).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
An example of an intraday Tesla trade. Also the green arrows will be displayed IMMEDIATELY when Breakout/Reverse Bounce occurs (same an Alert will be triggered immediately).
===========================================================================
Trading open/close/TP/SL labels, plots and colors explanations:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
>>> S&R (Support and Resistance) levels/lines: orange - support, blue - resistance (can be hidden).
>>> Trend Lines: yellow - support, green - resistance (can be hidden).
>>> Blue labels show resistance breakouts and bounces, light-blue - bullish, dark-blue - bearish
>>> Yellow labels show resistance breakouts and bounces, light-yellow - bullish, dark-yellow - bearish
>>> Green/Red arrows on top/bottom of candle bar will show LIVE breakouts (if turned on)
>>>>> LONG open: green "house" looking arrow below candle bar.
>>>>> SHORT open: red "house" looking arrow above candle bar.
>>>>> LONG/SHORT take-profit target: green/red circles (multi-profit > TP2/3/4/5 smaller circles).
>>>>> LONG/SHORT stop-loss target: green/red + crosses.
>>>>> LONG/SHORT take-profit hits: green/red diamonds.
>>>>> LONG/SHORT stop-loss hits: green/red X-crosses.
>>>>> LONG/SHORT EOD (End of Day | Intraday style) close (profitable trade): green/red squares.
>>>>> LONG/SHORT EOD (End of Day | Intraday style) close (loss trade): green/red PLUS(+)-crosses.
===========================================================================
STATS TABLE ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
>>> Trading STATS table on the chart showing current trade direction, Last TP (Take-Profit) Taken, Current Trade PL (profit/loss in price difference from trade open to the very current state).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
CUSTOM TRADING DATE RANGE /////////////////////////////////////////////////
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
>>>>> This feature can be used to manually set indicator trading range from and to a specific date and time. NOTE: This is not intended for a very long date range backtesting, utilize TradingView Strategy Tester for that.
* Use TradingView “Strategy Tester” to see Backtesting results
NOTE: If Strategy Tester does not show any results with Date Ranged fully unchecked, there may be an issue where a script opens a trade, but there is not enough TradingView power to set the Take-Profit and Stop-Loss and somehow an open trade gets stuck and never closes, so there are “no trades present”. In such case - manually check “Start”/“End” dates or use “Deep Backtesting” feature!
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTRADAY ACTIVE TRADING SESSION CONFIGURATION /////////////////////////////
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
>>> Regional Active Trading Session Hours Schedule: If selected - trades will only open during regional active trading session, if 'OFF', there will be no trading schedule and trades will open 24/7.
>>> EOD(End of Day) Close - On/Off: Close the trade if it's still open at the end of active trading session (on the very last candle bar). NOTE: If no region is selected at 'Regional Active Trading Session Schedule' - there will be no EOD(End of Day) Close and trades will run overnight until either SL(Stop-Loss) or TP(Take-Profit) is hit!
>>>>> EOD(End of Day) Close - 1 candle bar before last: This is specifically for stocks as while usually indices can be closed 15minutes after the market closes, for stocks - the last candle bar closes at the same time with the market active trading session, which if closed - trades can't be closed until next day/session! Enable this setting for the trade to close/alert 1 candle bar before the last one, so there is still time to close the trade at the Broker (NOTE: depending on the timeframe, 1 candle bar can be: 15sec, 30sec, 1min, 3min, 5min, 15min, 30min, 45min, 1h).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGNAL TRIGGER MATRIX ////////////////////////////////////////////////
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
>>> Trading Engine: This setting turns on TradingView Strategy trading engine for backtesting.
>>> Market Session Only: With this setting turned on, all signal trigger Breaks/Bounces will be hidden during Pre/Post market time.
>>> Plot S&R Levels/Lines: Plot S&R (Support and Resistance) on chart. Note: historical levels/lines will only be plotted if hit (Break/Bounce).
>>> Plot Trend Lines Levels/Lines: Plot Trend Lines levels/lines on chart. Note: historical levels/lines will only be plotted if hit (Break/Bounce).
>>> Use S&R Current Levels | Use S&R Historical Levels | Use Trend Lines Current Levels | Use Trend Lines Historical Levels |: Choose which levels should be used for Breaks/Bounces to be captured on. If all triggers are turned on/checked - whatever happens 1st wins the trigger.
>>> Breaks | Bounces: 'Breaks': Turn on Breaks through levels/lines signal trigger. | 'Bounces': Turn on Bounces off levels/lines signal trigger.
>>> Signal: Regular | Signal: S&R Combo | Signal: TL Combo | Signal: S&R + TL Combo | Signal: Repeat Action |: Trade open signal trigger execution approach MATRIX (If 1 or more turned on at the same time - whatever comes first will be the trade signal trigger). 'Regular': A single Break/Bounce must occur on a closed bar for signal trigger. 'S&R Combo': A combination of 2 Current + Historical S&R (Support and Resistance) Break/Bounce must happen in the same direction on same bar for signal trigger. 'TL Combo': A combination of 2 Current + Historical Trend Lines Break/Bounce must happen in the same direction on same bar for signal trigger. 'S&R + TL Combo': a combination of ANY S&R and Trend Line Break/Bounce must happen in the same direction on same bar for signal trigger. 'Repeat Action': Initial and then confirmation (2nd/3rd/etc. consecutive occurence) Break/Bounce must occur on same level/line for signal trigger.
>>> Historical - Look Back (# of days): How far back (in # of days) will historical S&R/Trend Lines will be used for Trade Open signals/TP/SL/etc.
>>> Historical - Look Back Invalidation (# of days): IF THERE IS TOO MUCH HISTORICAL LEVELS/LINES ON CHART - LOWER THIS SETTING + MAKE SURE IT'S SMALLER THAN 'Historical - Look Back (# of days)'. With big Look back period (5+ days) - it can become very messy with too many historical levels/lines. To clear oldest historical levels/lines - set Look Back Invalidation # of days to less than Historical Look Back # of days. (After X # of Look Back Invalidation days - older levels/lines will become invalidated and no longer used for opening trades/TP (Take-Profit)/SL (Stop-Loss), while newer levels/lines will still be discovered.
>>> S&R/Trend Lines - Support/Resistance combined into 1 entity: Every level or a line becomes simply a level or a line, regardless if it originally was a support or resistance. By default, depending on the level/line originally being support or resistance - the signal direction will be such as: Resistance is broken > LONG / bounced > SHORT; Support is broken > SHORT / bounced > LONG; with this setting on, either level or line can be both broken or bounced off in ANY direction, trade open direction will depend on current market sentiment only.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&R CONFIGURATION ////////////////////////////////////////////////
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
>>> S&R Search - Left Bars (current): This setting is for calculating optimal S&R (Support and Resistance) levels (in combination with below - Right Bars).
>>> S&R Search - Right Bars (current): This setting is for calculating optimal S&R (Support and Resistance) levels (in combination with above - Left Bars).
>>> S&R Search - Custom Resolution (current): This is a custom timeframe setting specifically for S&R Search, it disregards current chart timeframe. This is great to use for scalping, for example: with main chart set to 1min and the custom timeframe set to 3min or 5min - there will be stronger support/resistance levels with more detailed price action.
>>> S&R Search - Left Bars (historical): This setting is for calculating optimal S&R (Support and Resistance) levels (in combination with below - Right Bars).
>>> S&R Search - Right Bars (historical): This setting is for calculating optimal S&R (Support and Resistance) levels (in combination with above - Left Bars).
>>> S&R Search - Custom Resolution (historical): This is a custom timeframe setting specifically for S&R Search, it disregards current chart timeframe. This is great to use for scalping, for example: with main chart set to 1min and the custom timeframe set to 3min or 5min - there will be stronger support/resistance levels with more detailed price action.
>>> S&R - Historical S&R Levels - Extend to the right: Extend all S&R lines to the right.
>>> S&R (Current/Historical) - Live Breakout/Bounce - ALERT/SHOW: NOTE: Alert wlil trigger immediately at price Breaking thru or Bouncing off level/line and an arrow above /below the bar will show the direction of breakout/bounce. If on that same live bar - price comes back causing the Breakout/Bounce become no longer valid - the arrow will disappear as the condition of the Break/Bounce will no longer be valid.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREND LINES CONFIGURATION ////////////////////////////////////////////////
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
>>> Show: Trend Line development (where it 'did not exist' yet): It takes 2 pivots to develop a trend line, pivot is established at least 3 candle bars later from where the pivot is. With this setting turned on - it will plot dashed lines where trend lines originated connecting the 1st and 2nd pivot point up to where the trend line became established (where in reality you would now be able to draw a certain trend line). Established already generated trend line are plotted with a solid line.
>>> Trend Lines - Line Slope Confirmation: LONG breakout will only be shown if trend line is goind downslope \. SHORT breakout will only be shown if trend line is goind upslope /.
>>> Trend Lines - Search - Left Bars (current): This setting is for calculating optimal Trend Lines.
>>> Trend Lines - Search - Right Bars (current): This setting is for calculating optimal Trend Lines.
>>> Trend Lines - Custom Resolution (current): This is a custom timeframe setting specifically for S&R Search, it disregards current chart timeframe. This is great to use for scalping, for example: with main chart set to 1min and the custom timeframe set to 3min or 5min - there will be stronger support/resistance levels with more detailed price action.
>>> Trend Lines - Search - Left Bars (historical): This setting is for calculating optimal Trend Lines.
>>> Trend Lines - Search - Right Bars (historical): This setting is for calculating optimal Trend Lines.
>>> Trend Lines - Custom Resolution (historical): This is a custom timeframe setting specifically for S&R Search, it disregards current chart timeframe. This is great to use for scalping, for example: with main chart set to 1min and the custom timeframe set to 3min or 5min - there will be stronger support/resistance levels with more detailed price action.
>>> Trend Lines - Historical Trend Lines - Extend to the right: Extend all Trend Lines to the right.
>>> Trend Lines (Current/Historical) - Live Breakout/Bounce - ALERT/SHOW: NOTE: Alert will trigger immediately at price Breaking thru or Bouncing off level/line and an arrow above /below the bar will show the direction of breakout/bounce. If on that same live bar - price comes back causing the Breakout/Bounce become no longer valid - the arrow will disappear as the condition of the Break/Bounce will no longer be valid.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAKE-PROFIT/STOP-LOSS CONFIGURATION ///////////////////////////////////////
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
>>> TP (Take-Profit) System: 'S&R Static Current/Historical': TP (Take-Profit) is calculated using current/historical S&R (Support & Resistance) levels at trade open and remains static. 'S&R/Trend Lines Dynamic Breaks': TP (Take-Profit) is fully dynamic and will be trigger at price above trade open price and with Breakout occurence (S&R or Trend Line current/historical breakout).
>>> TP (Take-Profit) # of targets: It is wise to divide the trade into several profit targets. With this setting - up to 5 TP (Take-Profit) targets can be approached. The trade will be equally divided up by the selected # of TP (Take-Profit) targets.
>>> SL (Stop-Loss) System: 'ATR-Trailing-SL': SL (Stop-Loss) is trail-following the ATR (Average True Range) line, NOTE: If at signal trigger, ATR will be against the trade direction - trade open signal will be skipped; 'S&R-Static-SL': SL (Stop-Loss) is set at trade open per optimal most recent S&R level and remains there until trade closes; 'TrendLines-Static-SL': SL (Stop-Loss) is set at trade open per optimal most recent trend line and remains there until trade closes; 'TrendLines-Dynamic-SL': SL (Stop-Loss) will be set per current opposite trend line and follow it until trade is open.; 'Oppos-Sig-Trd-in-Loss': SL (Stop-Loss) will trigger at opposite signal with trade currently at loss.
>>> SL (Stop-Loss) - On/Off: Without SL (Stop-Loss), unless EOD (End of Day) Close is turned on - there will be no SL (Stop-Loss) at all!
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
MARKET SENTIMENT CONFIRMATION ///////////////////////////////////////
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
>>> Market Sentiment: Signal is confirmed per Market Sentiment direction. If Market Sentiment is turned off - whatever signal comes 1st will be the trade open trigger.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGNAL ANALYSIS AND CLEANUP ///////////////////////////////////////////////
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
>>> Signal Cleanup - Bar Color: Include Bar Color (bullish/bearish) confirmation, LONG signal will only be opened if signal bar is green/bullish, SHORT if red/bearish.
>>> Signal Cleanup - Bar Directional Structure: Skip opposite bar structure types signals (For example: bearish green hammer).
>>> Signal Cleanup - Bar Doji Skip: Skip doji (indecisive) candles signals.
>>> Signal Cleanup - EWO (Elliott Wave Oscillator): Include EWO (Elliott Wave Oscillator), LONG will only be opened if EWO is bullish / SHORT if EWO is bearish.
>>> Signal Cleanup - VWAP (Volume-Weighted Average Price): Include VWAP (Volume-Weighted Average Price), LONG will only be opened if price is above VWAP / SHORT if price is below VWAP.
>>> Signal Cleanup - MA (Moving Average) Confirmation: Include MA (Moving Average), LONG will only be opened if MA is bullish / SHORT if MA is bearish.
>>> Signal Cleanup - ATR (Average True Range): Include ATR (Average True Range) confirmation, LONG will only be opened if ATR is bullish / SHORT if ATR is bearish.
>>> Signal Cleanup - Divergence(RSI + MACD): Include Divergence (RSI + MACD ) confirmation, LONG will only be opened if Divergence is bullish / SHORT if Divergence is bearish.
>>> Signal Cleanup - Volume % Strength: Include Volume strength/percentage confirmation, LONG/SHORT will only be opened with strong Volume matching the signal direction | By default, strong Volume percentage is set to 150% and weak to 50%.
>>> Signal Cleanup - Volume Above Average: Include Volume Above Moving Average (Volume closing bar closes above volume moving average) confirmation, LONG/SHORT will only be opened with Volume above average - Volume closed bar color must match the closed price color (bullish/bearish direction) + Volume bar must be closed above volume MA line).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
===========================================================================
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| *** ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| *** |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| *** ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| *** |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
TP System - VERY IMPORTANT INFO!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"TP PERCENTAGE" - amount by which current trade/position needs to be reduced/partially closed/sold.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TP System: Dynamic
"TP PERCENTAGE" - will always be the same amount (trade/position size divided by the # of take-profit(TP) targets) and percentage to be closed will always be of the ORIGINAL trade/position.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TP System: Static
"TP PERCENTAGE" - will always be the same amount IF take-profit(TP) targets are hit 1-by-1 (TP1 > TP2 > TP3 > TP4 > TP5), otherwise it will vary and unless it is a 1st take-profit(TP1), the REMAINING trade/position size will always be smaller than original and therefore the percentage to be closed will always be of the REMAINING trade/position and NOT the original one!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"TP PERCENTAGE" CheatSheet (these are the only percentages you may see)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
TP PERCENTAGE---Close/Sell Amount-------------Example (trade size: 50 stocks)
20%-------------trade size * 0.2--------------50 * 0.2 = 10 stocks
25%-------------trade size * 0.25-------------50 * 0.25 = 12.5(~13) stocks
34%-------------trade size * 0.34-------------50 * 0.34 = 17 stocks
40%-------------trade size * 0.4--------------50 * 0.4 = 20 stocks
50%-------------trade size * 0.5--------------50 * 0.5 = 25 stocks
60%-------------trade size * 0.6--------------50 * 0.6 = 30 stocks
66%-------------trade size * 0.66-------------50 * 0.66 = 33 stocks
75%-------------trade size * 0.75-------------50 * 0.75 = 37.5(~38) stocks
80%-------------trade size * 0.8--------------50 * 0.8 = 40 stocks
100%------------trade size--------------------50 = 50 stocks
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
If for any reason a portion of the current/remaining trade closed at such occurrence was slightly wrong, it is not an issue. Such occurrences are rare and with slight difference in partial TP closed is not significant to overall performance of our algorithms.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| *** ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| *** |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| *** ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| *** |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
===========================================================================
Alert Settings (you don’t have to touch this section unless you will be using TradingView alerts through a Webhook to use with trading bot)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Here is how a LONG OPEN alert looks like.
NOTE: Each label , , etc. is customizable, you can change the text of it within indicator Input settings.
ALERT >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
COIN: BTCUSD
TIMEFRAME: 15M
LONG: OPEN
ENTRY: 20000
TP1: 20500
TP2: 21000
TP3: 21500
TP4: 22500
TP5: 23500
SL: 19000
Leverage: 0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Here is how a TP1 alert will look with 5 TPs breakdown of the trade.
NOTE1: Next to TP1 taken it will show at which price it was triggered.
NOTE2: Next to "TP Percentage" it shows how much of the CURRENT/ACTIVE/REMAINING trade needs to be closed.
NOTE2: If TP2/3/4/5 comes before TP1 - the alert will tell you exactly how many percent of the trade needs to be closed!
ALERT >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
COIN: BTCUSD
TIMEFRAME: 15M
LONG: TP1
TP1: 20500
TP Percentage: 20%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Here is how an alert will look for LONG - STOP-LOSS.
ALERT >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
COIN: BTCUSD
TIMEFRAME: 15M
ENTRY: 20000
LONG: SL
SL: 19000
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Here is how an alert will look for LONG - EOD (End of Day) In Profit close.
ALERT >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
COIN: BTCUSD
TIMEFRAME: 15M
LONG: EOD-Close (profit)
ENTRY: 20000
EOD-Close: 21900
===========================================================================
Adding Alerts in TradngView
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Add indicator to chart and make sure the correct strategy is configured (check Backtesting results)
-Right-click anywhere on the TradingView chart
-Click on Add alert
-Condition: Select this indicator by it’s name
-Immediately below, change it to "alert() function calls only", as other wise there will be 2 alerts for every alert!
-Expiration: Open-ended (that may require higher tier TradingView account, otherwise the alert will need to be occasionally re-triggered)
-Alert name: Whatever you desire
-Hit “Create”
-Note: If you change ANY Settings within the indicator – you must DELETE the current alert and create a new one per steps above, otherwise it will continue triggering alerts per old Settings!
===========================================================================
Good Luck! (NOTE: Trading is very risky, past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results, so please trade responsibly!)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: There seems to be a strange glitch when strategy is running live, it will show "double-take" take-profits labels on the chart. This is not affecting the script logic and backtesting results, if you simply change the timeframe real quick to something else then back - it will no longer show the duplicate orders... this must be some sort of a glitch as every alert was thoroughly tested to make sure everything is working!
CNTLibraryLibrary "CNTLibrary"
Custom Functions To Help Code In Pinescript V5
Coded By Christian Nataliano
First Coded In 10/06/2023
Last Edited In 22/06/2023
Huge Shout Out To © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading and his ZenLibrary V5, Some Of The Custom Functions Were Heavily Inspired By Matt's Work & His Pine Script Mastery Course
Another Shout Out To The TradingView's Team Library ta V5
//====================================================================================================================================================
// Custom Indicator Functions
//====================================================================================================================================================
GetKAMA(KAMA_lenght, Fast_KAMA, Slow_KAMA)
Calculates An Adaptive Moving Average Based On Perry J Kaufman's Calculations
Parameters:
KAMA_lenght (int) : Is The KAMA Lenght
Fast_KAMA (int) : Is The KAMA's Fastes Moving Average
Slow_KAMA (int) : Is The KAMA's Slowest Moving Average
Returns: Float Of The KAMA's Current Calculations
GetMovingAverage(Source, Lenght, Type)
Get Custom Moving Averages Values
Parameters:
Source (float) : Of The Moving Average, Defval = close
Lenght (simple int) : Of The Moving Average, Defval = 50
Type (string) : Of The Moving Average, Defval = Exponential Moving Average
Returns: The Moving Average Calculation Based On Its Given Source, Lenght & Calculation Type (Please Call Function On Global Scope)
GetDecimals()
Calculates how many decimals are on the quote price of the current market © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Returns: The current decimal places on the market quote price
Truncate(number, decimalPlaces)
Truncates (cuts) excess decimal places © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
number (float)
decimalPlaces (simple float)
Returns: The given number truncated to the given decimalPlaces
ToWhole(number)
Converts pips into whole numbers © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
number (float)
Returns: The converted number
ToPips(number)
Converts whole numbers back into pips © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
number (float)
Returns: The converted number
GetPctChange(value1, value2, lookback)
Gets the percentage change between 2 float values over a given lookback period © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
value1 (float)
value2 (float)
lookback (int)
BarsAboveMA(lookback, ma)
Counts how many candles are above the MA © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
lookback (int)
ma (float)
Returns: The bar count of how many recent bars are above the MA
BarsBelowMA(lookback, ma)
Counts how many candles are below the MA © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
lookback (int)
ma (float)
Returns: The bar count of how many recent bars are below the EMA
BarsCrossedMA(lookback, ma)
Counts how many times the EMA was crossed recently © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
lookback (int)
ma (float)
Returns: The bar count of how many times price recently crossed the EMA
GetPullbackBarCount(lookback, direction)
Counts how many green & red bars have printed recently (ie. pullback count) © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
lookback (int)
direction (int)
Returns: The bar count of how many candles have retraced over the given lookback & direction
GetSwingHigh(Lookback, SwingType)
Check If Price Has Made A Recent Swing High
Parameters:
Lookback (int) : Is For The Swing High Lookback Period, Defval = 7
SwingType (int) : Is For The Swing High Type Of Identification, Defval = 1
Returns: A Bool - True If Price Has Made A Recent Swing High
GetSwingLow(Lookback, SwingType)
Check If Price Has Made A Recent Swing Low
Parameters:
Lookback (int) : Is For The Swing Low Lookback Period, Defval = 7
SwingType (int) : Is For The Swing Low Type Of Identification, Defval = 1
Returns: A Bool - True If Price Has Made A Recent Swing Low
//====================================================================================================================================================
// Custom Risk Management Functions
//====================================================================================================================================================
CalculateStopLossLevel(OrderType, Entry, StopLoss)
Calculate StopLoss Level
Parameters:
OrderType (int) : Is To Determine A Long / Short Position, Defval = 1
Entry (float) : Is The Entry Level Of The Order, Defval = na
StopLoss (float) : Is The Custom StopLoss Distance, Defval = 2x ATR Below Close
Returns: Float - The StopLoss Level In Actual Price As A
CalculateStopLossDistance(OrderType, Entry, StopLoss)
Calculate StopLoss Distance In Pips
Parameters:
OrderType (int) : Is To Determine A Long / Short Position, Defval = 1
Entry (float) : Is The Entry Level Of The Order, NEED TO INPUT PARAM
StopLoss (float) : Level Based On Previous Calculation, NEED TO INPUT PARAM
Returns: Float - The StopLoss Value In Pips
CalculateTakeProfitLevel(OrderType, Entry, StopLossDistance, RiskReward)
Calculate TakeProfit Level
Parameters:
OrderType (int) : Is To Determine A Long / Short Position, Defval = 1
Entry (float) : Is The Entry Level Of The Order, Defval = na
StopLossDistance (float)
RiskReward (float)
Returns: Float - The TakeProfit Level In Actual Price
CalculateTakeProfitDistance(OrderType, Entry, TakeProfit)
Get TakeProfit Distance In Pips
Parameters:
OrderType (int) : Is To Determine A Long / Short Position, Defval = 1
Entry (float) : Is The Entry Level Of The Order, NEED TO INPUT PARAM
TakeProfit (float) : Level Based On Previous Calculation, NEED TO INPUT PARAM
Returns: Float - The TakeProfit Value In Pips
CalculateConversionCurrency(AccountCurrency, SymbolCurrency, BaseCurrency)
Get The Conversion Currecny Between Current Account Currency & Current Pair's Quoted Currency (FOR FOREX ONLY)
Parameters:
AccountCurrency (simple string) : Is For The Account Currency Used
SymbolCurrency (simple string) : Is For The Current Symbol Currency (Front Symbol)
BaseCurrency (simple string) : Is For The Current Symbol Base Currency (Back Symbol)
Returns: Tuple Of A Bollean (Convert The Currency ?) And A String (Converted Currency)
CalculateConversionRate(ConvertCurrency, ConversionRate)
Get The Conversion Rate Between Current Account Currency & Current Pair's Quoted Currency (FOR FOREX ONLY)
Parameters:
ConvertCurrency (bool) : Is To Check If The Current Symbol Needs To Be Converted Or Not
ConversionRate (float) : Is The Quoted Price Of The Conversion Currency (Input The request.security Function Here)
Returns: Float Price Of Conversion Rate (If In The Same Currency Than Return Value Will Be 1.0)
LotSize(LotSizeSimple, Balance, Risk, SLDistance, ConversionRate)
Get Current Lot Size
Parameters:
LotSizeSimple (bool) : Is To Toggle Lot Sizing Calculation (Simple Is Good Enough For Stocks & Crypto, Whilst Complex Is For Forex)
Balance (float) : Is For The Current Account Balance To Calculate The Lot Sizing Based Off
Risk (float) : Is For The Current Risk Per Trade To Calculate The Lot Sizing Based Off
SLDistance (float) : Is The Current Position StopLoss Distance From Its Entry Price
ConversionRate (float) : Is The Currency Conversion Rate (Used For Complex Lot Sizing Only)
Returns: Float - Position Size In Units
ToLots(Units)
Converts Units To Lots
Parameters:
Units (float) : Is For How Many Units Need To Be Converted Into Lots (Minimun 1000 Units)
Returns: Float - Position Size In Lots
ToUnits(Lots)
Converts Lots To Units
Parameters:
Lots (float) : Is For How Many Lots Need To Be Converted Into Units (Minimun 0.01 Units)
Returns: Int - Position Size In Units
ToLotsInUnits(Units)
Converts Units To Lots Than Back To Units
Parameters:
Units (float) : Is For How Many Units Need To Be Converted Into Lots (Minimun 1000 Units)
Returns: Float - Position Size In Lots That Were Rounded To Units
ATRTrail(OrderType, SourceType, ATRPeriod, ATRMultiplyer, SwingLookback)
Calculate ATR Trailing Stop
Parameters:
OrderType (int) : Is To Determine A Long / Short Position, Defval = 1
SourceType (int) : Is To Determine Where To Calculate The ATR Trailing From, Defval = close
ATRPeriod (simple int) : Is To Change Its ATR Period, Defval = 20
ATRMultiplyer (float) : Is To Change Its ATR Trailing Distance, Defval = 1
SwingLookback (int) : Is To Change Its Swing HiLo Lookback (Only From Source Type 5), Defval = 7
Returns: Float - Number Of The Current ATR Trailing
DangerZone(WinRate, AvgRRR, Filter)
Calculate Danger Zone Of A Given Strategy
Parameters:
WinRate (float) : Is The Strategy WinRate
AvgRRR (float) : Is The Strategy Avg RRR
Filter (float) : Is The Minimum Profit It Needs To Be Out Of BE Zone, Defval = 3
Returns: Int - Value, 1 If Out Of Danger Zone, 0 If BE, -1 If In Danger Zone
IsQuestionableTrades(TradeTP, TradeSL)
Checks For Questionable Trades (Which Are Trades That Its TP & SL Level Got Hit At The Same Candle)
Parameters:
TradeTP (float) : Is The Trade In Question Take Profit Level
TradeSL (float) : Is The Trade In Question Stop Loss Level
Returns: Bool - True If The Last Trade Was A "Questionable Trade"
//====================================================================================================================================================
// Custom Strategy Functions
//====================================================================================================================================================
OpenLong(EntryID, LotSize, LimitPrice, StopPrice, Comment, CommentValue)
Open A Long Order Based On The Given Params
Parameters:
EntryID (string) : Is The Trade Entry ID, Defval = "Long"
LotSize (float) : Is The Lot Size Of The Trade, Defval = 1
LimitPrice (float) : Is The Limit Order Price To Set The Order At, Defval = Na / Market Order Execution
StopPrice (float) : Is The Stop Order Price To Set The Order At, Defval = Na / Market Order Execution
Comment (string) : Is The Order Comment, Defval = Long Entry Order
CommentValue (string) : Is For Custom Values In The Order Comment, Defval = Na
Returns: Void
OpenShort(EntryID, LotSize, LimitPrice, StopPrice, Comment, CommentValue)
Open A Short Order Based On The Given Params
Parameters:
EntryID (string) : Is The Trade Entry ID, Defval = "Short"
LotSize (float) : Is The Lot Size Of The Trade, Defval = 1
LimitPrice (float) : Is The Limit Order Price To Set The Order At, Defval = Na / Market Order Execution
StopPrice (float) : Is The Stop Order Price To Set The Order At, Defval = Na / Market Order Execution
Comment (string) : Is The Order Comment, Defval = Short Entry Order
CommentValue (string) : Is For Custom Values In The Order Comment, Defval = Na
Returns: Void
TP_SLExit(FromID, TPLevel, SLLevel, PercentageClose, Comment, CommentValue)
Exits Based On Predetermined TP & SL Levels
Parameters:
FromID (string) : Is The Trade ID That The TP & SL Levels Be Palced
TPLevel (float) : Is The Take Profit Level
SLLevel (float) : Is The StopLoss Level
PercentageClose (float) : Is The Amount To Close The Order At (In Percentage) Defval = 100
Comment (string) : Is The Order Comment, Defval = Exit Order
CommentValue (string) : Is For Custom Values In The Order Comment, Defval = Na
Returns: Void
CloseLong(ExitID, PercentageClose, Comment, CommentValue, Instant)
Exits A Long Order Based On A Specified Condition
Parameters:
ExitID (string) : Is The Trade ID That Will Be Closed, Defval = "Long"
PercentageClose (float) : Is The Amount To Close The Order At (In Percentage) Defval = 100
Comment (string) : Is The Order Comment, Defval = Exit Order
CommentValue (string) : Is For Custom Values In The Order Comment, Defval = Na
Instant (bool) : Is For Exit Execution Type, Defval = false
Returns: Void
CloseShort(ExitID, PercentageClose, Comment, CommentValue, Instant)
Exits A Short Order Based On A Specified Condition
Parameters:
ExitID (string) : Is The Trade ID That Will Be Closed, Defval = "Short"
PercentageClose (float) : Is The Amount To Close The Order At (In Percentage) Defval = 100
Comment (string) : Is The Order Comment, Defval = Exit Order
CommentValue (string) : Is For Custom Values In The Order Comment, Defval = Na
Instant (bool) : Is For Exit Execution Type, Defval = false
Returns: Void
BrokerCheck(Broker)
Checks Traded Broker With Current Loaded Chart Broker
Parameters:
Broker (string) : Is The Current Broker That Is Traded
Returns: Bool - True If Current Traded Broker Is Same As Loaded Chart Broker
OpenPC(LicenseID, OrderType, UseLimit, LimitPrice, SymbolPrefix, Symbol, SymbolSuffix, Risk, SL, TP, OrderComment, Spread)
Compiles Given Parameters Into An Alert String Format To Open Trades Using Pine Connector
Parameters:
LicenseID (string) : Is The Users PineConnector LicenseID
OrderType (int) : Is The Desired OrderType To Open
UseLimit (bool) : Is If We Want To Enter The Position At Exactly The Previous Closing Price
LimitPrice (float) : Is The Limit Price Of The Trade (Only For Pending Orders)
SymbolPrefix (string) : Is The Current Symbol Prefix (If Any)
Symbol (string) : Is The Traded Symbol
SymbolSuffix (string) : Is The Current Symbol Suffix (If Any)
Risk (float) : Is The Trade Risk Per Trade / Fixed Lot Sizing
SL (float) : Is The Trade SL In Price / In Pips
TP (float) : Is The Trade TP In Price / In Pips
OrderComment (string) : Is The Executed Trade Comment
Spread (float) : is The Maximum Spread For Execution
Returns: String - Pine Connector Order Syntax Alert Message
ClosePC(LicenseID, OrderType, SymbolPrefix, Symbol, SymbolSuffix)
Compiles Given Parameters Into An Alert String Format To Close Trades Using Pine Connector
Parameters:
LicenseID (string) : Is The Users PineConnector LicenseID
OrderType (int) : Is The Desired OrderType To Close
SymbolPrefix (string) : Is The Current Symbol Prefix (If Any)
Symbol (string) : Is The Traded Symbol
SymbolSuffix (string) : Is The Current Symbol Suffix (If Any)
Returns: String - Pine Connector Order Syntax Alert Message
//====================================================================================================================================================
// Custom Backtesting Calculation Functions
//====================================================================================================================================================
CalculatePNL(EntryPrice, ExitPrice, LotSize, ConversionRate)
Calculates Trade PNL Based On Entry, Eixt & Lot Size
Parameters:
EntryPrice (float) : Is The Trade Entry
ExitPrice (float) : Is The Trade Exit
LotSize (float) : Is The Trade Sizing
ConversionRate (float) : Is The Currency Conversion Rate (Used For Complex Lot Sizing Only)
Returns: Float - The Current Trade PNL
UpdateBalance(PrevBalance, PNL)
Updates The Previous Ginve Balance To The Next PNL
Parameters:
PrevBalance (float) : Is The Previous Balance To Be Updated
PNL (float) : Is The Current Trade PNL To Be Added
Returns: Float - The Current Updated PNL
CalculateSlpComm(PNL, MaxRate)
Calculates Random Slippage & Commisions Fees Based On The Parameters
Parameters:
PNL (float) : Is The Current Trade PNL
MaxRate (float) : Is The Upper Limit (In Percentage) Of The Randomized Fee
Returns: Float - A Percentage Fee Of The Current Trade PNL
UpdateDD(MaxBalance, Balance)
Calculates & Updates The DD Based On Its Given Parameters
Parameters:
MaxBalance (float) : Is The Maximum Balance Ever Recorded
Balance (float) : Is The Current Account Balance
Returns: Float - The Current Strategy DD
CalculateWR(TotalTrades, LongID, ShortID)
Calculate The Total, Long & Short Trades Win Rate
Parameters:
TotalTrades (int) : Are The Current Total Trades That The Strategy Has Taken
LongID (string) : Is The Order ID Of The Long Trades Of The Strategy
ShortID (string) : Is The Order ID Of The Short Trades Of The Strategy
Returns: Tuple Of Long WR%, Short WR%, Total WR%, Total Winning Trades, Total Losing Trades, Total Long Trades & Total Short Trades
CalculateAvgRRR(WinTrades, LossTrades)
Calculates The Overall Strategy Avg Risk Reward Ratio
Parameters:
WinTrades (int) : Are The Strategy Winning Trades
LossTrades (int) : Are The Strategy Losing Trades
Returns: Float - The Average RRR Values
CAGR(StartTime, StartPrice, EndTime, EndPrice)
Calculates The CAGR Over The Given Time Period © TradingView
Parameters:
StartTime (int) : Is The Starting Time Of The Calculation
StartPrice (float) : Is The Starting Price Of The Calculation
EndTime (int) : Is The Ending Time Of The Calculation
EndPrice (float) : Is The Ending Price Of The Calculation
Returns: Float - The CAGR Values
//====================================================================================================================================================
// Custom Plot Functions
//====================================================================================================================================================
EditLabels(LabelID, X1, Y1, Text, Color, TextColor, EditCondition, DeleteCondition)
Edit / Delete Labels
Parameters:
LabelID (label) : Is The ID Of The Selected Label
X1 (int) : Is The X1 Coordinate IN BARINDEX Xloc
Y1 (float) : Is The Y1 Coordinate IN PRICE Yloc
Text (string) : Is The Text Than Wants To Be Written In The Label
Color (color) : Is The Color Value Change Of The Label Text
TextColor (color)
EditCondition (int) : Is The Edit Condition of The Line (Setting Location / Color)
DeleteCondition (bool) : Is The Delete Condition Of The Line If Ture Deletes The Prev Itteration Of The Line
Returns: Void
EditLine(LineID, X1, Y1, X2, Y2, Color, EditCondition, DeleteCondition)
Edit / Delete Lines
Parameters:
LineID (line) : Is The ID Of The Selected Line
X1 (int) : Is The X1 Coordinate IN BARINDEX Xloc
Y1 (float) : Is The Y1 Coordinate IN PRICE Yloc
X2 (int) : Is The X2 Coordinate IN BARINDEX Xloc
Y2 (float) : Is The Y2 Coordinate IN PRICE Yloc
Color (color) : Is The Color Value Change Of The Line
EditCondition (int) : Is The Edit Condition of The Line (Setting Location / Color)
DeleteCondition (bool) : Is The Delete Condition Of The Line If Ture Deletes The Prev Itteration Of The Line
Returns: Void
//====================================================================================================================================================
// Custom Display Functions (Using Tables)
//====================================================================================================================================================
FillTable(TableID, Column, Row, Title, Value, BgColor, TextColor, ToolTip)
Filling The Selected Table With The Inputed Information
Parameters:
TableID (table) : Is The Table ID That Wants To Be Edited
Column (int) : Is The Current Column Of The Table That Wants To Be Edited
Row (int) : Is The Current Row Of The Table That Wants To Be Edited
Title (string) : Is The String Title Of The Current Cell Table
Value (string) : Is The String Value Of The Current Cell Table
BgColor (color) : Is The Selected Color For The Current Table
TextColor (color) : Is The Selected Color For The Current Table
ToolTip (string) : Is The ToolTip Of The Current Cell In The Table
Returns: Void
DisplayBTResults(TableID, BgColor, TextColor, StartingBalance, Balance, DollarReturn, TotalPips, MaxDD)
Filling The Selected Table With The Inputed Information
Parameters:
TableID (table) : Is The Table ID That Wants To Be Edited
BgColor (color) : Is The Selected Color For The Current Table
TextColor (color) : Is The Selected Color For The Current Table
StartingBalance (float) : Is The Account Starting Balance
Balance (float)
DollarReturn (float) : Is The Account Dollar Reture
TotalPips (float) : Is The Total Pips Gained / loss
MaxDD (float) : Is The Maximum Drawdown Over The Backtesting Period
Returns: Void
DisplayBTResultsV2(TableID, BgColor, TextColor, TotalWR, QTCount, LongWR, ShortWR, InitialCapital, CumProfit, CumFee, AvgRRR, MaxDD, CAGR, MeanDD)
Filling The Selected Table With The Inputed Information
Parameters:
TableID (table) : Is The Table ID That Wants To Be Edited
BgColor (color) : Is The Selected Color For The Current Table
TextColor (color) : Is The Selected Color For The Current Table
TotalWR (float) : Is The Strategy Total WR In %
QTCount (int) : Is The Strategy Questionable Trades Count
LongWR (float) : Is The Strategy Total WR In %
ShortWR (float) : Is The Strategy Total WR In %
InitialCapital (float) : Is The Strategy Initial Starting Capital
CumProfit (float) : Is The Strategy Ending Cumulative Profit
CumFee (float) : Is The Strategy Ending Cumulative Fee (Based On Randomized Fee Assumptions)
AvgRRR (float) : Is The Strategy Average Risk Reward Ratio
MaxDD (float) : Is The Strategy Maximum DrawDown In Its Backtesting Period
CAGR (float) : Is The Strategy Compounded Average GRowth In %
MeanDD (float) : Is The Strategy Mean / Average Drawdown In The Backtesting Period
Returns: Void
//====================================================================================================================================================
// Custom Pattern Detection Functions
//====================================================================================================================================================
BullFib(priceLow, priceHigh, fibRatio)
Calculates A Bullish Fibonacci Value (From Swing Low To High) © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
priceLow (float)
priceHigh (float)
fibRatio (float)
Returns: The Fibonacci Value Of The Given Ratio Between The Two Price Points
BearFib(priceLow, priceHigh, fibRatio)
Calculates A Bearish Fibonacci Value (From Swing High To Low) © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
priceLow (float)
priceHigh (float)
fibRatio (float)
Returns: The Fibonacci Value Of The Given Ratio Between The Two Price Points
GetBodySize()
Gets The Current Candle Body Size IN POINTS © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Returns: The Current Candle Body Size IN POINTS
GetTopWickSize()
Gets The Current Candle Top Wick Size IN POINTS © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Returns: The Current Candle Top Wick Size IN POINTS
GetBottomWickSize()
Gets The Current Candle Bottom Wick Size IN POINTS © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Returns: The Current Candle Bottom Wick Size IN POINTS
GetBodyPercent()
Gets The Current Candle Body Size As A Percentage Of Its Entire Size Including Its Wicks © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Returns: The Current Candle Body Size IN PERCENTAGE
GetTopWickPercent()
Gets The Current Top Wick Size As A Percentage Of Its Entire Body Size
Returns: Float - The Current Candle Top Wick Size IN PERCENTAGE
GetBottomWickPercent()
Gets The Current Bottom Wick Size As A Percentage Of Its Entire Bodu Size
Returns: Float - The Current Candle Bottom Size IN PERCENTAGE
BullishEC(Allowance, RejectionWickSize, EngulfWick, NearSwings, SwingLookBack)
Checks If The Current Bar Is A Bullish Engulfing Candle
Parameters:
Allowance (int) : To Give Flexibility Of Engulfing Pattern Detection In Markets That Have Micro Gaps, Defval = 0
RejectionWickSize (float) : To Filter Out long (Upper And Lower) Wick From The Bullsih Engulfing Pattern, Defval = na
EngulfWick (bool) : To Specify If We Want The Pattern To Also Engulf Its Upper & Lower Previous Wicks, Defval = false
NearSwings (bool) : To Specify If We Want The Pattern To Be Near A Recent Swing Low, Defval = true
SwingLookBack (int) : To Specify How Many Bars Back To Detect A Recent Swing Low, Defval = 10
Returns: Bool - True If The Current Bar Matches The Requirements of a Bullish Engulfing Candle
BearishEC(Allowance, RejectionWickSize, EngulfWick, NearSwings, SwingLookBack)
Checks If The Current Bar Is A Bearish Engulfing Candle
Parameters:
Allowance (int) : To Give Flexibility Of Engulfing Pattern Detection In Markets That Have Micro Gaps, Defval = 0
RejectionWickSize (float) : To Filter Out long (Upper And Lower) Wick From The Bearish Engulfing Pattern, Defval = na
EngulfWick (bool) : To Specify If We Want The Pattern To Also Engulf Its Upper & Lower Previous Wicks, Defval = false
NearSwings (bool) : To Specify If We Want The Pattern To Be Near A Recent Swing High, Defval = true
SwingLookBack (int) : To Specify How Many Bars Back To Detect A Recent Swing High, Defval = 10
Returns: Bool - True If The Current Bar Matches The Requirements of a Bearish Engulfing Candle
Hammer(Fib, ColorMatch, NearSwings, SwingLookBack, ATRFilterCheck, ATRPeriod)
Checks If The Current Bar Is A Hammer Candle
Parameters:
Fib (float) : To Specify Which Fibonacci Ratio To Use When Determining The Hammer Candle, Defval = 0.382 Ratio
ColorMatch (bool) : To Filter Only Bullish Closed Hammer Candle Pattern, Defval = false
NearSwings (bool) : To Specify If We Want The Doji To Be Near A Recent Swing Low, Defval = true
SwingLookBack (int) : To Specify How Many Bars Back To Detect A Recent Swing Low, Defval = 10
ATRFilterCheck (float) : To Filter Smaller Hammer Candles That Might Be Better Classified As A Doji Candle, Defval = 1
ATRPeriod (simple int) : To Change ATR Period Of The ATR Filter, Defval = 20
Returns: Bool - True If The Current Bar Matches The Requirements of a Hammer Candle
Star(Fib, ColorMatch, NearSwings, SwingLookBack, ATRFilterCheck, ATRPeriod)
Checks If The Current Bar Is A Hammer Candle
Parameters:
Fib (float) : To Specify Which Fibonacci Ratio To Use When Determining The Hammer Candle, Defval = 0.382 Ratio
ColorMatch (bool) : To Filter Only Bullish Closed Hammer Candle Pattern, Defval = false
NearSwings (bool) : To Specify If We Want The Doji To Be Near A Recent Swing Low, Defval = true
SwingLookBack (int) : To Specify How Many Bars Back To Detect A Recent Swing Low, Defval = 10
ATRFilterCheck (float) : To Filter Smaller Hammer Candles That Might Be Better Classified As A Doji Candle, Defval = 1
ATRPeriod (simple int) : To Change ATR Period Of The ATR Filter, Defval = 20
Returns: Bool - True If The Current Bar Matches The Requirements of a Hammer Candle
Doji(MaxWickSize, MaxBodySize, DojiType, NearSwings, SwingLookBack)
Checks If The Current Bar Is A Doji Candle
Parameters:
MaxWickSize (float) : To Specify The Maximum Lenght Of Its Upper & Lower Wick, Defval = 2
MaxBodySize (float) : To Specify The Maximum Lenght Of Its Candle Body IN PERCENT, Defval = 0.05
DojiType (int)
NearSwings (bool) : To Specify If We Want The Doji To Be Near A Recent Swing High / Low (Only In Dragonlyf / Gravestone Mode), Defval = true
SwingLookBack (int) : To Specify How Many Bars Back To Detect A Recent Swing High / Low (Only In Dragonlyf / Gravestone Mode), Defval = 10
Returns: Bool - True If The Current Bar Matches The Requirements of a Doji Candle
BullishIB(Allowance, RejectionWickSize, EngulfWick, NearSwings, SwingLookBack)
Checks If The Current Bar Is A Bullish Harami Candle
Parameters:
Allowance (int) : To Give Flexibility Of Harami Pattern Detection In Markets That Have Micro Gaps, Defval = 0
RejectionWickSize (float) : To Filter Out long (Upper And Lower) Wick From The Bullsih Harami Pattern, Defval = na
EngulfWick (bool) : To Specify If We Want The Pattern To Also Engulf Its Upper & Lower Previous Wicks, Defval = false
NearSwings (bool) : To Specify If We Want The Pattern To Be Near A Recent Swing Low, Defval = true
SwingLookBack (int) : To Specify How Many Bars Back To Detect A Recent Swing Low, Defval = 10
Returns: Bool - True If The Current Bar Matches The Requirements of a Bullish Harami Candle
BearishIB(Allowance, RejectionWickSize, EngulfWick, NearSwings, SwingLookBack)
Checks If The Current Bar Is A Bullish Harami Candle
Parameters:
Allowance (int) : To Give Flexibility Of Harami Pattern Detection In Markets That Have Micro Gaps, Defval = 0
RejectionWickSize (float) : To Filter Out long (Upper And Lower) Wick From The Bearish Harami Pattern, Defval = na
EngulfWick (bool) : To Specify If We Want The Pattern To Also Engulf Its Upper & Lower Previous Wicks, Defval = false
NearSwings (bool) : To Specify If We Want The Pattern To Be Near A Recent Swing High, Defval = true
SwingLookBack (int) : To Specify How Many Bars Back To Detect A Recent Swing High, Defval = 10
Returns: Bool - True If The Current Bar Matches The Requirements of a Bearish Harami Candle
//====================================================================================================================================================
// Custom Time Functions
//====================================================================================================================================================
BarInSession(sess, useFilter)
Determines if the current price bar falls inside the specified session © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
sess (simple string)
useFilter (bool)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls within the given time session
BarOutSession(sess, useFilter)
Determines if the current price bar falls outside the specified session © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
sess (simple string)
useFilter (bool)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls outside the given time session
DateFilter(startTime, endTime)
Determines if this bar's time falls within date filter range © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
startTime (int)
endTime (int)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls within the given dates
DayFilter(monday, tuesday, wednesday, thursday, friday, saturday, sunday)
Checks if the current bar's day is in the list of given days to analyze © ZenAndTheArtOfTrading
Parameters:
monday (bool)
tuesday (bool)
wednesday (bool)
thursday (bool)
friday (bool)
saturday (bool)
sunday (bool)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar's day is one of the given days
AUSSess()
Checks If The Current Australian Forex Session In Running
Returns: Bool - True If Currently The Australian Session Is Running
ASIASess()
Checks If The Current Asian Forex Session In Running
Returns: Bool - True If Currently The Asian Session Is Running
EURSess()
Checks If The Current European Forex Session In Running
Returns: Bool - True If Currently The European Session Is Running
USSess()
Checks If The Current US Forex Session In Running
Returns: Bool - True If Currently The US Session Is Running
UNIXToDate(Time, ConversionType, TimeZone)
Converts UNIX Time To Datetime
Parameters:
Time (int) : Is The UNIX Time Input
ConversionType (int) : Is The Datetime Output Format, Defval = DD-MM-YYYY
TimeZone (string) : Is To Convert The Outputed Datetime Into The Specified Time Zone, Defval = Exchange Time Zone
Returns: String - String Of Datetime
LYGLibraryLibrary "LYGLibrary"
A collection of custom tools & utility functions commonly used with my scripts
getDecimals()
Calculates how many decimals are on the quote price of the current market
Returns: The current decimal places on the market quote price
truncate(number, decimalPlaces)
Truncates (cuts) excess decimal places
Parameters:
number (float)
decimalPlaces (simple float)
Returns: The given number truncated to the given decimalPlaces
toWhole(number)
Converts pips into whole numbers
Parameters:
number (float)
Returns: The converted number
toPips(number)
Converts whole numbers back into pips
Parameters:
number (float)
Returns: The converted number
getPctChange(value1, value2, lookback)
Gets the percentage change between 2 float values over a given lookback period
Parameters:
value1 (float)
value2 (float)
lookback (int)
av_getPositionSize(balance, risk, stopPoints, conversionRate)
Calculates OANDA forex position size for AutoView based on the given parameters
Parameters:
balance (float)
risk (float)
stopPoints (float)
conversionRate (float)
Returns: The calculated position size (in units - only compatible with OANDA)
bullFib(priceLow, priceHigh, fibRatio)
Calculates a bullish fibonacci value
Parameters:
priceLow (float) : The lowest price point
priceHigh (float) : The highest price point
fibRatio (float) : The fibonacci % ratio to calculate
Returns: The fibonacci value of the given ratio between the two price points
bearFib(priceLow, priceHigh, fibRatio)
Calculates a bearish fibonacci value
Parameters:
priceLow (float) : The lowest price point
priceHigh (float) : The highest price point
fibRatio (float) : The fibonacci % ratio to calculate
Returns: The fibonacci value of the given ratio between the two price points
getMA(length, maType)
Gets a Moving Average based on type (MUST BE CALLED ON EVERY CALCULATION)
Parameters:
length (simple int)
maType (string)
Returns: A moving average with the given parameters
getEAP(atr)
Performs EAP stop loss size calculation (eg. ATR >= 20.0 and ATR < 30, returns 20)
Parameters:
atr (float)
Returns: The EAP SL converted ATR size
getEAP2(atr)
Performs secondary EAP stop loss size calculation (eg. ATR < 40, add 5 pips, ATR between 40-50, add 10 pips etc)
Parameters:
atr (float)
Returns: The EAP SL converted ATR size
barsAboveMA(lookback, ma)
Counts how many candles are above the MA
Parameters:
lookback (int)
ma (float)
Returns: The bar count of how many recent bars are above the MA
barsBelowMA(lookback, ma)
Counts how many candles are below the MA
Parameters:
lookback (int)
ma (float)
Returns: The bar count of how many recent bars are below the EMA
barsCrossedMA(lookback, ma)
Counts how many times the EMA was crossed recently
Parameters:
lookback (int)
ma (float)
Returns: The bar count of how many times price recently crossed the EMA
getPullbackBarCount(lookback, direction)
Counts how many green & red bars have printed recently (ie. pullback count)
Parameters:
lookback (int)
direction (int)
Returns: The bar count of how many candles have retraced over the given lookback & direction
getBodySize()
Gets the current candle's body size (in POINTS, divide by 10 to get pips)
Returns: The current candle's body size in POINTS
getTopWickSize()
Gets the current candle's top wick size (in POINTS, divide by 10 to get pips)
Returns: The current candle's top wick size in POINTS
getBottomWickSize()
Gets the current candle's bottom wick size (in POINTS, divide by 10 to get pips)
Returns: The current candle's bottom wick size in POINTS
getBodyPercent()
Gets the current candle's body size as a percentage of its entire size including its wicks
Returns: The current candle's body size percentage
isHammer(fib, colorMatch)
Checks if the current bar is a hammer candle based on the given parameters
Parameters:
fib (float)
colorMatch (bool)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a hammer candle
isStar(fib, colorMatch)
Checks if the current bar is a shooting star candle based on the given parameters
Parameters:
fib (float)
colorMatch (bool)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a shooting star candle
isDoji(wickSize, bodySize)
Checks if the current bar is a doji candle based on the given parameters
Parameters:
wickSize (float)
bodySize (float)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a doji candle
isBullishEC(allowance, rejectionWickSize, engulfWick)
Checks if the current bar is a bullish engulfing candle
Parameters:
allowance (float)
rejectionWickSize (float)
engulfWick (bool)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a bullish engulfing candle
isBearishEC(allowance, rejectionWickSize, engulfWick)
Checks if the current bar is a bearish engulfing candle
Parameters:
allowance (float)
rejectionWickSize (float)
engulfWick (bool)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a bearish engulfing candle
isInsideBar()
Detects inside bars
Returns: Returns true if the current bar is an inside bar
isOutsideBar()
Detects outside bars
Returns: Returns true if the current bar is an outside bar
barInSession(sess, useFilter)
Determines if the current price bar falls inside the specified session
Parameters:
sess (simple string)
useFilter (bool)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls within the given time session
barOutSession(sess, useFilter)
Determines if the current price bar falls outside the specified session
Parameters:
sess (simple string)
useFilter (bool)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls outside the given time session
dateFilter(startTime, endTime)
Determines if this bar's time falls within date filter range
Parameters:
startTime (int)
endTime (int)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls within the given dates
dayFilter(monday, tuesday, wednesday, thursday, friday, saturday, sunday)
Checks if the current bar's day is in the list of given days to analyze
Parameters:
monday (bool)
tuesday (bool)
wednesday (bool)
thursday (bool)
friday (bool)
saturday (bool)
sunday (bool)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar's day is one of the given days
atrFilter(atrValue, maxSize)
Parameters:
atrValue (float)
maxSize (float)
fillCell(tableID, column, row, title, value, bgcolor, txtcolor)
This updates the given table's cell with the given values
Parameters:
tableID (table)
column (int)
row (int)
title (string)
value (string)
bgcolor (color)
txtcolor (color)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls within the given dates
LineWrapperLibrary "LineWrapper"
Wrapper Type for Line. Useful when you want to store the line details without drawing them. Can also be used in scnearios where you collect lines to be drawn and draw together towards the end.
draw(this)
draws line as per the wrapper object contents
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
Returns: current Line object
draw(this)
draws lines as per the wrapper object array
Parameters:
this : (series array) Array of Line object.
Returns: current Array of Line objects
update(this)
updates or redraws line as per the wrapper object contents
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
Returns: current Line object
update(this)
updates or redraws lines as per the wrapper object array
Parameters:
this : (series array) Array of Line object.
Returns: current Array of Line objects
get_price(this, bar)
get line price based on bar
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
bar : (series/int) bar at which line price need to be calculated
Returns: line price at given bar.
get_x1(this)
Returns UNIX time or bar index (depending on the last xloc value set) of the first point of the line.
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
Returns: UNIX timestamp (in milliseconds) or bar index.
get_x2(this)
Returns UNIX time or bar index (depending on the last xloc value set) of the second point of the line.
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
Returns: UNIX timestamp (in milliseconds) or bar index.
get_y1(this)
Returns price of the first point of the line.
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
Returns: Price value.
get_y2(this)
Returns price of the second point of the line.
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
Returns: Price value.
set_x1(this, x, draw, update)
Sets bar index or bar time (depending on the xloc) of the first point.
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
x : (series int) Bar index or bar time. Note that objects positioned using xloc.bar_index cannot be drawn further than 500 bars into the future.
draw : (series bool) draw line after setting attribute
update : (series bool) update line instead of redraw. Only valid if draw is set.
Returns: Current Line object
set_x2(this, x, draw, update)
Sets bar index or bar time (depending on the xloc) of the second point.
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
x : (series int) Bar index or bar time. Note that objects positioned using xloc.bar_index cannot be drawn further than 500 bars into the future.
draw : (series bool) draw line after setting attribute
update : (series bool) update line instead of redraw. Only valid if draw is set.
Returns: Current Line object
set_y1(this, y, draw, update)
Sets price of the first point
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
y : (series int/float) Price.
draw : (series bool) draw line after setting attribute
update : (series bool) update line instead of redraw. Only valid if draw is set.
Returns: Current Line object
set_y2(this, y, draw, update)
Sets price of the second point
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
y : (series int/float) Price.
draw : (series bool) draw line after setting attribute
update : (series bool) update line instead of redraw. Only valid if draw is set.
Returns: Current Line object
set_color(this, color, draw, update)
Sets the line color
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
color : (series color) New line color
draw : (series bool) draw line after setting attribute
update : (series bool) update line instead of redraw. Only valid if draw is set.
Returns: Current Line object
set_extend(this, extend, draw, update)
Sets extending type of this line object. If extend=extend.none, draws segment starting at point (x1, y1) and ending at point (x2, y2). If extend is equal to extend.right or extend.left, draws a ray starting at point (x1, y1) or (x2, y2), respectively. If extend=extend.both, draws a straight line that goes through these points.
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
extend : (series string) New extending type.
draw : (series bool) draw line after setting attribute
update : (series bool) update line instead of redraw. Only valid if draw is set.
Returns: Current Line object
set_style(this, style, draw, update)
Sets the line style
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
style : (series string) New line style.
draw : (series bool) draw line after setting attribute
update : (series bool) update line instead of redraw. Only valid if draw is set.
Returns: Current Line object
set_width(this, width, draw, update)
Sets the line width.
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
width : (series int) New line width in pixels.
draw : (series bool) draw line after setting attribute
update : (series bool) update line instead of redraw. Only valid if draw is set.
Returns: Current Line object
set_xloc(this, x1, x2, xloc, draw, update)
Sets x-location and new bar index/time values.
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
x1 : (series int) Bar index or bar time of the first point.
x2 : (series int) Bar index or bar time of the second point.
xloc : (series string) New x-location value.
draw : (series bool) draw line after setting attribute
update : (series bool) update line instead of redraw. Only valid if draw is set.
Returns: Current Line object
set_xy1(this, x, y, draw, update)
Sets bar index/time and price of the first point.
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
x : (series int) Bar index or bar time. Note that objects positioned using xloc.bar_index cannot be drawn further than 500 bars into the future.
y : (series int/float) Price.
draw : (series bool) draw line after setting attribute
update : (series bool) update line instead of redraw. Only valid if draw is set.
Returns: Current Line object
set_xy2(this, x, y, draw, update)
Sets bar index/time and price of the second point
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
x : (series int) Bar index or bar time. Note that objects positioned using xloc.bar_index cannot be drawn further than 500 bars into the future.
y : (series int/float) Price.
draw : (series bool) draw line after setting attribute
update : (series bool) update line instead of redraw. Only valid if draw is set.
Returns: Current Line object
delete(this)
Deletes the underlying line drawing object
Parameters:
this : (series Line) Line object.
Returns: Current Line object
Line
Line Wrapper object
Fields:
x1 : (series int) Bar index (if xloc = xloc.bar_index) or bar UNIX time (if xloc = xloc.bar_time) of the first point of the line. Note that objects positioned using xloc.bar_index cannot be drawn further than 500 bars into the future.
y1 : (series int/float) Price of the first point of the line.
x2 : (series int) Bar index (if xloc = xloc.bar_index) or bar UNIX time (if xloc = xloc.bar_time) of the second point of the line. Note that objects positioned using xloc.bar_index cannot be drawn further than 500 bars into the future.
y2 : (series int/float) Price of the second point of the line.
xloc : (series string) See description of x1 argument. Possible values: xloc.bar_index and xloc.bar_time. Default is xloc.bar_index.
extend : (series string) If extend=extend.none, draws segment starting at point (x1, y1) and ending at point (x2, y2). If extend is equal to extend.right or extend.left, draws a ray starting at point (x1, y1) or (x2, y2), respectively. If extend=extend.both, draws a straight line that goes through these points. Default value is extend.none.
color : (series color) Line color.
style : (series string) Line style. Possible values: line.style_solid, line.style_dotted, line.style_dashed, line.style_arrow_left, line.style_arrow_right, line.style_arrow_both.
width : (series int) Line width in pixels.
obj : line object
Delta Volume Channels [LucF]█ OVERVIEW
This indicator displays on-chart visuals aimed at making the most of delta volume information. It can color bars and display two channels: one for delta volume, another calculated from the price levels of bars where delta volume divergences occur. Markers and alerts can also be configured using key conditions, and filtered in many different ways. The indicator caters to traders who prefer chart visuals over raw values. It will work on historical bars and in real time, using intrabar analysis to calculate delta volume in both conditions.
█ CONCEPTS
Delta Volume
The volume delta concept divides a bar's volume in "up" and "down" volumes. The delta is calculated by subtracting down volume from up volume. Many calculation techniques exist to isolate up and down volume within a bar. The simplest techniques use the polarity of interbar price changes to assign their volume to up or down slots, e.g., On Balance Volume or the Klinger Oscillator . Others such as Chaikin Money Flow use assumptions based on a bar's OHLC values. The most precise calculation method uses tick data and assigns the volume of each tick to the up or down slot depending on whether the transaction occurs at the bid or ask price. While this technique is ideal, it requires huge amounts of data on historical bars, which usually limits the historical depth of charts and the number of symbols for which tick data is available.
This indicator uses intrabar analysis to achieve a compromise between the simplest and most precise methods of calculating volume delta. In the context where historical tick data is not yet available on TradingView, intrabar analysis is the most precise technique to calculate volume delta on historical bars on our charts. TradingView's Volume Profile built-in indicators use it, as do the CVD - Cumulative Volume Delta Candles and CVD - Cumulative Volume Delta (Chart) indicators published from the TradingView account . My Volume Delta Columns Pro indicator also uses intrabar analysis. Other volume delta indicators such as my Realtime 5D Profile use realtime chart updates to achieve more precise volume delta calculations. Indicators of that type cannot be used on historical bars however; they only work in real time.
This is the logic I use to assign intrabar volume to up or down slots:
• If the intrabar's open and close values are different, their relative position is used.
• If the intrabar's open and close values are the same, the difference between the intrabar's close and the previous intrabar's close is used.
• As a last resort, when there is no movement during an intrabar and it closes at the same price as the previous intrabar, the last known polarity is used.
Once all intrabars making up a chart bar have been analyzed and the up or down property of each intrabar's volume determined, the up volumes are added and the down volumes subtracted. The resulting value is volume delta for that chart bar, which can be used as an estimate of the buying/selling pressure on an instrument.
Delta Volume Percent (DV%)
This value is the proportion that delta volume represents of the total intrabar volume in the chart bar. Note that on some symbols/timeframes, the total intrabar volume may differ from the chart's volume for a bar, but that will not affect our calculations since we use the total intrabar volume.
Delta Volume Channel
The DV channel is the space between two moving averages: the reference line and a DV%-weighted version of that reference. The reference line is a moving average of a type, source and length which you select. The DV%-weighted line uses the same settings, but it averages the DV%-weighted price source.
The weight applied to the source of the reference line is calculated from two values, which are multiplied: DV% and the relative size of the bar's volume in relation to previous bars. The effect of this is that DV% values on bars with higher total volume will carry greater weight than those with lesser volume.
The DV channel can be in one of four states, each having its corresponding color:
• Bull (teal): The DV%-weighted line is above the reference line.
• Strong bull (lime): The bull condition is fulfilled and the bar's close is above the reference line and both the reference and the DV%-weighted lines are rising.
• Bear (maroon): The DV%-weighted line is below the reference line.
• Strong bear (pink): The bear condition is fulfilled and the bar's close is below the reference line and both the reference and the DV%-weighted lines are falling.
Divergences
In the context of this indicator, a divergence is any bar where the slope of the reference line does not match that of the DV%-weighted line. No directional bias is assigned to divergences when they occur.
Divergence Channel
The divergence channel is the space between two levels (by default, the bar's low and high ) saved when divergences occur. When price has breached a channel and a new divergence occurs, a new channel is created. Until that new channel is breached, bars where additional divergences occur will expand the channel's levels if the bar's price points are outside the channel.
Prices breaches of the divergence channel will change its state. Divergence channels can be in one of five different states:
• Bull (teal): Price has breached the channel to the upside.
• Strong bull (lime): The bull condition is fulfilled and the DV channel is in the strong bull state.
• Bear (maroon): Price has breached the channel to the downside.
• Strong bear (pink): The bear condition is fulfilled and the DV channel is in the strong bear state.
• Neutral (gray): The channel has not been breached.
█ HOW TO USE THE INDICATOR
Load the indicator on an active chart (see here if you don't know how).
The default configuration displays:
• The DV channel, without the reference or DV%-weighted lines.
• The Divergence channel, without its level lines.
• Bar colors using the state of the DV channel.
The default settings use an Arnaud-Legoux moving average on the close and a length of 20 bars. The DV%-weighted version of it uses a combination of DV% and relative volume to calculate the ultimate weight applied to the reference. The DV%-weighted line is capped to 5 standard deviations of the reference. The lower timeframe used to access intrabars automatically adjusts to the chart's timeframe and achieves optimal balance between the number of intrabars inspected in each chart bar, and the number of chart bars covered by the script's calculations.
The Divergence channel's levels are determined using the high and low of the bars where divergences occur. Breaches of the channel require a bar's low to move above the top of the channel, and the bar's high to move below the channel's bottom.
No markers appear on the chart; if you want to create alerts from this script, you will need first to define the conditions that will trigger the markers, then create the alert, which will trigger on those same conditions.
To learn more about how to use this indicator, you must understand the concepts it uses and the information it displays, which requires reading this description. There are no videos to explain it.
█ FEATURES
The script's inputs are divided in four sections: "DV channel", "Divergence channel", "Other Visuals" and "Marker/Alert Conditions". The first setting is the selection method used to determine the intrabar precision, i.e., how many lower timeframe bars (intrabars) are examined in each chart bar. The more intrabars you analyze, the more precise the calculation of DV% results will be, but the less chart coverage can be covered by the script's calculations.
DV Channel
Here, you control the visibility and colors of the reference line, its weighted version, and the DV channel between them.
You also specify what type of moving average you want to use as a reference line, its source and length. This acts as the DV channel's baseline. The DV%-weighted line is also a moving average of the same type and length as the reference line, except that it will be calculated from the DV%-weighted source used in the reference line. By default, the DV%-weighted line is capped to five standard deviations of the reference line. You can change that value here. This section is also where you can disable the relative volume component of the weight.
Divergence Channel
This is where you control the appearance of the divergence channel and the key price values used in determining the channel's levels and breaching conditions. These choices have an impact on the behavior of the channel. More generous level prices like the default low and high selection will produce more conservative channels, as will the default choice for breach prices.
In this section, you can also enable a mode where an attempt is made to estimate the channel's bias before price breaches the channel. When it is enabled, successive increases/decreases of the channel's top and bottom levels are counted as new divergences occur. When one count is greater than the other, a bull/bear bias is inferred from it.
Other Visuals
You specify here:
• The method used to color chart bars, if you choose to do so.
• The display of a mark appearing above or below bars when a divergence occurs.
• If you want raw values to appear in tooltips when you hover above chart bars. The default setting does not display them, which makes the script faster.
• If you want to display an information box which by default appears in the lower left of the chart.
It shows which lower timeframe is used for intrabars, and the average number of intrabars per chart bar.
Marker/Alert Conditions
Here, you specify the conditions that will trigger up or down markers. The trigger conditions can include a combination of state transitions of the DV and the divergence channels. The triggering conditions can be filtered using a variety of conditions.
Configuring the marker conditions is necessary before creating an alert from this script, as the alert will use the marker conditions to trigger.
Markers only appear on bar closes, so they will not repaint. Keep in mind, when looking at markers on historical bars, that they are positioned on the bar when it closes — NOT when it opens.
Raw values
The raw values calculated by this script can be inspected using a tooltip and the Data Window. The tooltip is visible when you hover over the top of chart bars. It will display on the last 500 bars of the chart, and shows the values of DV, DV%, the combined weight, and the intermediary values used to calculate them.
█ INTERPRETATION
The aim of the DV channel is to provide a visual representation of the buying/selling pressure calculated using delta volume. The simplest characteristic of the channel is its bull/bear state. One can then distinguish between its bull and strong bull states, as transitions from strong bull to bull states will generally happen when buyers are losing steam. While one should not infer a reversal from such transitions, they can be a good place to tighten stops. Only time will tell if a reversal will occur. One or more divergences will often occur before reversals.
The nature of the divergence channel's design makes it particularly adept at identifying consolidation areas if its settings are kept on the conservative side. A gray divergence channel should usually be considered a no-trade zone. More adventurous traders can use the DV channel to orient their trade entries if they accept the risk of trading in a neutral divergence channel, which by definition will not have been breached by price.
If your charts are already busy with other stuff you want to hold on to, you could consider using only the chart bar coloring component of this indicator:
At its simplest, one way to use this indicator would be to look for overlaps of the strong bull/bear colors in both the DV channel and a divergence channel, as these identify points where price is breaching the divergence channel when buy/sell pressure is consistent with the direction of the breach. I have highlighted all those points in the chart below. Not all of them would have produced profitable trades, but nothing is perfect in the markets. Also, keep in mind that the circles identify the visual you would be looking for — not the trade's entry level.
█ LIMITATIONS
• The script will not work on symbols where no volume is available. An error will appear when that is the case.
• Because a maximum of 100K intrabars can be analyzed by a script, a compromise is necessary between the number of intrabars analyzed per chart bar
and chart coverage. The more intrabars you analyze per chart bar, the less coverage you will obtain.
The setting of the "Intrabar precision" field in the "DV channel" section of the script's inputs
is where you control how the lower timeframe is calculated from the chart's timeframe.
█ NOTES
Volume Quality
If you use volume, it's important to understand its nature and quality, as it varies with sectors and instruments. My Volume X-ray indicator is one way you can appraise the quality of an instrument's intraday volume.
For Pine Script™ Coders
• This script uses the new overload of the fill() function which now makes it possible to do vertical gradients in Pine. I use it for both channels displayed by this script.
• I use the new arguments for plot() 's `display` parameter to control where the script plots some of its values,
namely those I only want to appear in the script's status line and in the Data Window.
• I wrote my script using the revised recommendations in the Style Guide from the Pine v5 User Manual.
█ THANKS
To PineCoders . I have used their lower_tf library in this script, to manage the calculation of the LTF and intrabar stats, and their Time library to convert a timeframe in seconds to a printable form for its display in the Information box.
To TradingView's Pine Script™ team. Their innovations and improvements, big and small, constantly expand the boundaries of the language. What this script does would not have been possible just a few months back.
And finally, thanks to all the users of my scripts who take the time to comment on my publications and suggest improvements. I do not reply to all but I do read your comments and do my best to implement your suggestions with the limited time that I have.
lower_tf█ OVERVIEW
This library is a Pine programmer’s tool containing functions to help those who use the request.security_lower_tf() function. Its `ltf()` function helps translate user inputs into a lower timeframe string usable with request.security_lower_tf() . Another function, `ltfStats()`, accumulates statistics on processed chart bars and intrabars.
█ CONCEPTS
Chart bars
Chart bars , as referred to in our publications, are bars that occur at the current chart timeframe, as opposed to those that occur at a timeframe that is higher or lower than that of the chart view.
Intrabars
Intrabars are chart bars at a lower timeframe than the chart's. Each 1H chart bar of a 24x7 market will, for example, usually contain 60 intrabars at the LTF of 1min, provided there was market activity during each minute of the hour. Mining information from intrabars can be useful in that it offers traders visibility on the activity inside a chart bar.
Lower timeframes (LTFs)
A lower timeframe is a timeframe that is smaller than the chart's timeframe. This framework exemplifies how authors can determine which LTF to use by examining the chart's timeframe. The LTF determines how many intrabars are examined for each chart bar; the lower the timeframe, the more intrabars are analyzed.
Intrabar precision
The precision of calculations increases with the number of intrabars analyzed for each chart bar. As there is a 100K limit to the number of intrabars that can be analyzed by a script, a trade-off occurs between the number of intrabars analyzed per chart bar and the chart bars for which calculations are possible.
█ `ltf()`
This function returns a timeframe string usable with request.security_lower_tf() . It calculates the returned timeframe by taking into account a user selection between eight different calculation modes and the chart's timeframe. You send it the user's selection, along with the text corresponding to the eight choices from which the user has chosen, and the function returns a corresponding LTF string.
Because the function processes strings and doesn't require recalculation on each bar, using var to declare the variable to which its result is assigned will execute the function only once on bar zero and speed up your script:
var string ltfString = ltf(ltfModeInput, LTF1, LTF2, LTF3, LTF4, LTF5, LTF6, LTF7, LTF8)
The eight choices users can select from are of two types: the first four allow a selection from the desired amount of chart bars to be covered, the last four are choices of a fixed number of intrabars to be analyzed per chart bar. Our example code shows how to structure your input call and then make the call to `ltf()`. By changing the text associated with the `LTF1` to `LTF8` constants, you can tailor it to your preferences while preserving the functionality of `ltf()` because you will be sending those string constants as the function's arguments so it can determine the user's selection. The association between each `LTFx` constant and its calculation mode is fixed, so the order of the arguments is important when you call `ltf()`.
These are the first four modes and the `LTFx` constants corresponding to each:
Covering most chart bars (least precise) — LTF1
Covers all chart bars. This is accomplished by dividing the current timeframe in seconds by 4 and converting that number back to a string in timeframe.period format using secondsToTfString() . Due to the fact that, on premium subscriptions, the typical historical bar count is between 20-25k bars, dividing the timeframe by 4 ensures the highest level of intrabar precision possible while achieving complete coverage for the entire dataset with the maximum allowed 100K intrabars.
Covering some chart bars (less precise) — LTF2
Covering less chart bars (more precise) — LTF3
These levels offer a stepped LTF in relation to the chart timeframe with slightly more, or slightly less precision. The stepped lower timeframe tiers are calculated from the chart timeframe as follows:
Chart Timeframe Lower Timeframe
Less Precise More Precise
< 1hr 1min 1min
< 1D 15min 1min
< 1W 2hr 30min
> 1W 1D 60min
Covering the least chart bars (most precise) — LTF4
Analyzes the maximum quantity of intrabars possible by using the 1min LTF, which also allows the least amount of chart bars to be covered.
The last four modes allow the user to specify a fixed number of intrabars to analyze per chart bar. Users can choose from 12, 24, 50 or 100 intrabars, respectively corresponding to the `LTF5`, `LTF6`, `LTF7` and `LTF8` constants. The value is a target; the function will do its best to come up with a LTF producing the required number of intrabars. Because of considerations such as the length of a ticker's session, rounding of the LTF to the closest allowable timeframe, or the lowest allowable timeframe of 1min intrabars, it is often impossible for the function to find a LTF producing the exact number of intrabars. Requesting 100 intrabars on a 60min chart, for example, can only produce 60 1min intrabars. Higher chart timeframes, tickers with high liquidity or 24x7 markets will produce optimal results.
█ `ltfStats()`
`ltfStats()` returns statistics that will be useful to programmers using intrabar inspection. By analyzing the arrays returned by request.security_lower_tf() in can determine:
• intrabarsInChartBar : The number of intrabars analyzed for each chart bar.
• chartBarsCovered : The number of chart bars where intrabar information is available.
• avgIntrabars : The average number of intrabars analyzed per chart bar. Events like holidays, market activity, or reduced hours sessions can cause the number of intrabars to vary, bar to bar.
The function must be called on each bar to produce reliable results.
█ DEMONSTRATION CODE
Our example code shows how to provide users with an input from which they can select a LTF calculation mode. If you use this library's functions, feel free to reuse our input setup code, including the tooltip providing users with explanations on how it works for them.
We make a simple call to request.security_lower_tf() to fetch the close values of intrabars, but we do not use those values. We simply send the returned array to `ltfStats()` and then plot in the indicator's pane the number of intrabars examined on each bar and its average. We also display an information box showing the user's selection of the LTF calculation mode, the resulting LTF calculated by `ltf()` and some statistics.
█ NOTES
• As in several of our recent publications, this script uses secondsToTfString() to produce a timeframe string in timeframe.period format from a timeframe expressed in seconds.
• The script utilizes display.data_window and display.status_line to restrict the display of certain plots.
These new built-ins allow coders to fine-tune where a script’s plot values are displayed.
• We implement a new recommended best practice for tables which works faster and reduces memory consumption.
Using this new method, tables are declared only once with var , as usual. Then, on bar zero only, we use table.cell() calls to populate the table.
Finally, table.set_*() functions are used to update attributes of table cells on the last bar of the dataset.
This greatly reduces the resources required to render tables. We encourage all Pine Script™ programmers to do the same.
Look first. Then leap.
█ FUNCTIONS
The library contains the following functions:
ltf(userSelection, choice1, choice2, choice3, choice4, choice5, choice6, choice7, choice8)
Selects a LTF from the chart's TF, depending on the `userSelection` input string.
Parameters:
userSelection : (simple string) User-selected input string which must be one of the `choicex` arguments.
choice1 : (simple string) Input selection corresponding to "Least precise, covering most chart bars".
choice2 : (simple string) Input selection corresponding to "Less precise, covering some chart bars".
choice3 : (simple string) Input selection corresponding to "More precise, covering less chart bars".
choice4 : (simple string) Input selection corresponding to "Most precise, 1min intrabars".
choice5 : (simple string) Input selection corresponding to "~12 intrabars per chart bar".
choice6 : (simple string) Input selection corresponding to "~24 intrabars per chart bar".
choice7 : (simple string) Input selection corresponding to "~50 intrabars per chart bar".
choice8 : (simple string) Input selection corresponding to "~100 intrabars per chart bar".
Returns: (simple string) A timeframe string to be used with `request.security_lower_tf()`.
ltfStats()
Returns statistics about analyzed intrabars and chart bars covered by calls to `request.security_lower_tf()`.
Parameters:
intrabarValues : (float [ ]) The ID of a float array containing values fetched by a call to `request.security_lower_tf()`.
Returns: A 3-element tuple: [ (series int) intrabarsInChartBar, (series int) chartBarsCovered, (series float) avgIntrabars ].
AdxlLibrary "Adxl"
Functions to calculate the Average Directional Index
getDirectionUp(bar, lookback)
Bar high changed from open for bar
Parameters:
bar : series int The bar to calculate at
lookback : series int The lookback period
Returns: series float
getDirectionDown(bar, lookback)
Bar low changed from open for bar
Parameters:
bar : series int The bar to calculate at
lookback : series int The lookback period
Returns: series float
getPositiveDirectionalMovement(bar, lookback)
Positive directional movement for bar during lookback
Parameters:
bar : series int The bar to calculate at
lookback : series int The lookback period
Returns: series float
getNegativeDirectionalMovement(bar, lookback)
Negative directional movement for bar during lookback
Parameters:
bar : series int The bar to calculate at
lookback : series int The lookback period
Returns: series float
getTrueRangeMovingAverage(bar, lookback)
True range moving average for bar during lookback
Parameters:
bar : series int The bar to calculate at
lookback : simple int The lookback period
Returns: series int
getDirectionUpIndex(bar, lookback)
Direction up index for bar during lookback
Parameters:
bar : series int The bar to calculate at
lookback : simple int The lookback period
Returns: series int
getDirectionDownIndex(bar, lookback)
Direction down index for bar during lookback
Parameters:
bar : series int The bar to calculate at
lookback : simple int The lookback period
Returns: series int
getTotalDirectionIndex(bar, lookback)
Total direction index for bar during lookback
Parameters:
bar : series int The bar to calculate at
lookback : simple int The lookback period
Returns: series int
getAverageDirectionalIndex(bar, lookback)
Average Directional Index (ADX) for bar during lookback
Parameters:
bar : series int The bar to calculate at
lookback : simple int The lookback period
Returns: series int
Library CommonLibrary "LibraryCommon"
A collection of custom tools & utility functions commonly used with my scripts
@description TODO: add library description here
getDecimals() Calculates how many decimals are on the quote price of the current market
Returns: The current decimal places on the market quote price
truncate(float, float) Truncates (cuts) excess decimal places
Parameters:
float : number The number to truncate
float : decimalPlaces (default=2) The number of decimal places to truncate to
Returns: The given number truncated to the given decimalPlaces
toWhole(float) Converts pips into whole numbers
Parameters:
float : number The pip number to convert into a whole number
Returns: The converted number
toPips(float) Converts whole numbers back into pips
Parameters:
float : number The whole number to convert into pips
Returns: The converted number
getPctChange(float, float, int) Gets the percentage change between 2 float values over a given lookback period
Parameters:
float : value1 The first value to reference
float : value2 The second value to reference
int : lookback The lookback period to analyze
av_getPositionSize(float, float, float, float) Calculates OANDA forex position size for AutoView based on the given parameters
Parameters:
float : balance The account balance to use
float : risk The risk percentage amount (as a whole number - eg. 1 = 1% risk)
float : stopPoints The stop loss distance in POINTS (not pips)
float : conversionRate The conversion rate of our account balance currency
Returns: The calculated position size (in units - only compatible with OANDA)
bullFib(priceLow, priceHigh, fibRatio) Calculates a bullish fibonacci value
Parameters:
priceLow : The lowest price point
priceHigh : The highest price point
fibRatio : The fibonacci % ratio to calculate
Returns: The fibonacci value of the given ratio between the two price points
bearFib(priceLow, priceHigh, fibRatio) Calculates a bearish fibonacci value
Parameters:
priceLow : The lowest price point
priceHigh : The highest price point
fibRatio : The fibonacci % ratio to calculate
Returns: The fibonacci value of the given ratio between the two price points
getMA(int, string) Gets a Moving Average based on type (MUST BE CALLED ON EVERY CALCULATION)
Parameters:
int : length The MA period
string : maType The type of MA
Returns: A moving average with the given parameters
getEAP(float) Performs EAP stop loss size calculation (eg. ATR >= 20.0 and ATR < 30, returns 20)
Parameters:
float : atr The given ATR to base the EAP SL calculation on
Returns: The EAP SL converted ATR size
getEAP2(float) Performs secondary EAP stop loss size calculation (eg. ATR < 40, add 5 pips, ATR between 40-50, add 10 pips etc)
Parameters:
float : atr The given ATR to base the EAP SL calculation on
Returns: The EAP SL converted ATR size
barsAboveMA(int, float) Counts how many candles are above the MA
Parameters:
int : lookback The lookback period to look back over
float : ma The moving average to check
Returns: The bar count of how many recent bars are above the MA
barsBelowMA(int, float) Counts how many candles are below the MA
Parameters:
int : lookback The lookback period to look back over
float : ma The moving average to reference
Returns: The bar count of how many recent bars are below the EMA
barsCrossedMA(int, float) Counts how many times the EMA was crossed recently
Parameters:
int : lookback The lookback period to look back over
float : ma The moving average to reference
Returns: The bar count of how many times price recently crossed the EMA
getPullbackBarCount(int, int) Counts how many green & red bars have printed recently (ie. pullback count)
Parameters:
int : lookback The lookback period to look back over
int : direction The color of the bar to count (1 = Green, -1 = Red)
Returns: The bar count of how many candles have retraced over the given lookback & direction
getBodySize() Gets the current candle's body size (in POINTS, divide by 10 to get pips)
Returns: The current candle's body size in POINTS
getTopWickSize() Gets the current candle's top wick size (in POINTS, divide by 10 to get pips)
Returns: The current candle's top wick size in POINTS
getBottomWickSize() Gets the current candle's bottom wick size (in POINTS, divide by 10 to get pips)
Returns: The current candle's bottom wick size in POINTS
getBodyPercent() Gets the current candle's body size as a percentage of its entire size including its wicks
Returns: The current candle's body size percentage
isHammer(float, bool) Checks if the current bar is a hammer candle based on the given parameters
Parameters:
float : fib (default=0.382) The fib to base candle body on
bool : colorMatch (default=false) Does the candle need to be green? (true/false)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a hammer candle
isStar(float, bool) Checks if the current bar is a shooting star candle based on the given parameters
Parameters:
float : fib (default=0.382) The fib to base candle body on
bool : colorMatch (default=false) Does the candle need to be red? (true/false)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a shooting star candle
isDoji(float, bool) Checks if the current bar is a doji candle based on the given parameters
Parameters:
float : wickSize (default=2) The maximum top wick size compared to the bottom (and vice versa)
bool : bodySize (default=0.05) The maximum body size as a percentage compared to the entire candle size
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a doji candle
isBullishEC(float, float, bool) Checks if the current bar is a bullish engulfing candle
Parameters:
float : allowance (default=0) How many POINTS to allow the open to be off by (useful for markets with micro gaps)
float : rejectionWickSize (default=disabled) The maximum rejection wick size compared to the body as a percentage
bool : engulfWick (default=false) Does the engulfing candle require the wick to be engulfed as well?
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a bullish engulfing candle
isBearishEC(float, float, bool) Checks if the current bar is a bearish engulfing candle
Parameters:
float : allowance (default=0) How many POINTS to allow the open to be off by (useful for markets with micro gaps)
float : rejectionWickSize (default=disabled) The maximum rejection wick size compared to the body as a percentage
bool : engulfWick (default=false) Does the engulfing candle require the wick to be engulfed as well?
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar matches the requirements of a bearish engulfing candle
isInsideBar() Detects inside bars
Returns: Returns true if the current bar is an inside bar
isOutsideBar() Detects outside bars
Returns: Returns true if the current bar is an outside bar
barInSession(string, bool) Determines if the current price bar falls inside the specified session
Parameters:
string : sess The session to check
bool : useFilter (default=true) Whether or not to actually use this filter
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls within the given time session
barOutSession(string, bool) Determines if the current price bar falls outside the specified session
Parameters:
string : sess The session to check
bool : useFilter (default=true) Whether or not to actually use this filter
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls outside the given time session
dateFilter(int, int) Determines if this bar's time falls within date filter range
Parameters:
int : startTime The UNIX date timestamp to begin searching from
int : endTime the UNIX date timestamp to stop searching from
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar falls within the given dates
dayFilter(bool, bool, bool, bool, bool, bool, bool) Checks if the current bar's day is in the list of given days to analyze
Parameters:
bool : monday Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
bool : tuesday Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
bool : wednesday Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
bool : thursday Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
bool : friday Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
bool : saturday Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
bool : sunday Should the script analyze this day? (true/false)
Returns: A boolean - true if the current bar's day is one of the given days
atrFilter()
fillCell()
HighTimeframeTimingLibrary "HighTimeframeTiming"
@description Library for sampling high timeframe (HTF) historical data at an arbitrary number of HTF bars back, using a single security() call.
The data is fixed and does not alter over the course of the HTF bar. It also behaves consistently on historical and elapsed realtime bars.
‼ LIMITATIONS: This library function depends on there being a consistent number of chart timeframe bars within the HTF bar. This is almost always true in 24/7 markets like crypto.
This might not be true if the chart doesn't produce an update when expected, for example because the asset is thinly traded and there is no volume or price update from the feed at that time.
To mitigate this risk, use this function on liquid assets and at chart timeframes high enough to reliably produce updates at least once per bar period.
The consistent ratio of bars might also break down in markets with irregular sessions and hours. I'm not sure if or how one could mitigate this.
Another limitation is that because we're accessing a multiplied number of chart bars, you will run out of chart bars faster than you would HTF bars. This is only a problem if you use a large historical operator.
If you call a function from this library, you should probably reproduce these limitations in your script description.
However, all of this doesn't mean that this function might not still be the best available solution, depending what your needs are.
If a single chart bar is skipped, for example, the calculation will be off by 1 until the next HTF bar opens. This is certainly inconsistent, but potentially still usable.
@function f_offset_synch(float _HTF_X, int _HTF_H, int _openChartBarsIn, bool _updateEarly)
Returns the number of chart bars that you need to go back in order to get a stable HTF value from a given number of HTF bars ago.
@param float _HTF_X is the timeframe multiplier, i.e. how much bigger the selected timeframe is than the chart timeframe. The script shows a way to calculate this using another of my libraries without using up a security() call.
@param int _HTF_H is the historical operator on the HTF, i.e. how many bars back you want to go on the higher timeframe. If omitted, defaults to zero.
@param int _openChartBarsIn is how many chart bars have been opened within the current HTF bar. An example of calculating this is given below.
@param bool _updateEarly defines whether you want to update the value at the closing calculation of the last chart bar in the HTF bar or at the open of the first one.
@returns an integer that you can use as a historical operator to retrieve the value for the appropriate HTF bar.
🙏 Credits: This library is an attempt at a solution of the problems in using HTF data that were laid out by Pinecoders in "security() revisited" -
Thanks are due to the authors of that work for an understanding of HTF issues. In addition, the current script also includes some of its code.
Specifically, this script reuses the main function recommended in "security() revisited", for the purposes of comparison. And it extends that function to access historical data, again just for comparison.
All the rest of the code, and in particular all of the code in the exported function, is my own.
Special thanks to LucF for pointing out the limitations of my approach.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~|
EXPLANATION
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~|
Problems with live HTF data: Many problems with using live HTF data from security() have been clearly explained by Pinecoders in "security() revisited"
In short, its behaviour is inconsistent between historical and elapsed realtime bars, and it changes in realtime, which can cause calculations and alerts to misbehave.
Various unsatisfactory solutions are discussed in "security() revisited", and understanding that script is a prerequisite to understanding this library.
PineCoders give their own solution, which is to fix the data by essentially using the previous HTF bar's data. Importantly, that solution is consistent between historical and realtime bars.
This library is an attempt to provide an alternative to that solution.
Problems with historical HTF data: In addition to the problems with live HTF data, there are different issues when trying to access historical HTF data.
Why use historical HTF data? Maybe you want to do custom calculations that involve previous HTF bars. Or to use HTF data in a function that has mutable variables and so can't be done in a security() call.
Most obviously, using the historical operator (in this description, represented using { } because the square brackets don't render) on variables already retrieved from a security() call, e.g. HTF_Close{1}, is not very useful:
it retrieves the value from the previous *chart* bar, not the previous HTF bar.
Using {1} directly in the security() call instead does get data from the previous HTF bar, but it behaves inconsistently, as we shall see.
This library addresses these concerns as well.
Housekeeping: To follow what's going on with the example and comparisons, turn line labels on: Settings > Scales > Indicator Name Label.
The following explanation assumes "close" as the source, but you can change it if you want.
To quickly see the difference between historical and realtime bars, set the HTF to something like 3 minutes on a 15s chart.
The bars at the top of the screen show the status. Historical bars are grey, elapsed realtime bars are red, and the realtime bar is green. A white vertical line shows the open of a HTF bar.
A: This library function f_offset_synch(): When supplied with an input offset of 0, it plots a stable value of the close of the *previous* HTF bar. This value is thus safe to use for calculations and alerts.
For a historical operator of {1}, it gives the close of the *last-but-one* bar. Sounds simple enough. Let's look at the other options to see its advantages.
B: Live HTF data: Represented on the line label as "security(){0}". Note: this is the source that f_offset_synch() samples.
The raw HTF data is very different on historical and realtime bars:
+ On historical bars, it uses a flat value from the end of the previous HTF bar. It updates at the close of the HTF bar.
+ On realtime bars, it varies between and within each chart bar.
There might be occasions where you want to use live data, in full knowledge of its drawbacks described above. For example, to show simple live conditions that are reversible after a chart bar close.
This library transforms live data to get the fixed data, thus giving you access to both live and fixed data with only one security() call.
C: Historical data using security(){H}: To see how this behaves, set the {H} value in the settings to 1 and show options A, B, and C.
+ On historical bars, this option matches option A, this library function, exactly. It behaves just like security(){0} but one HTF bar behind, as you would expect.
+ On realtime bars, this option takes the value of security(){0} at the end of a HTF bar, but it takes it from the previous *chart* bar, and then persists that.
The easiest way to see this inconsistency is on the first realtime bar (marked red at the top of the screen). This option suddenly jumps, even if it's in the middle of a HTF bar.
Contrast this with option A, which is always constant, until it updates, once per HTF bar.
D: PineCoders' original function: To see how this behaves, show options A, B, and D. Set the {H} value in the settings to 0, then 1.
The PineCoders' original function (D) and extended function (E) do not have the same limitations as this library, described in the Limitations section.
This option has all of the same advantages that this library function, option A, does, with the following differences:
+ It cannot access historical data. The {H} setting makes no difference.
+ It always updates at the open of the first chart bar in a new HTF bar.
By contrast, this library function, option A, is configured by default to update at the close of the last chart bar in a HTF bar.
This little frontrunning is only a few seconds but could be significant in trading. E.g. on a 1D HTF with a 4H chart, an alert that involves a HTF change set to trigger ON CLOSE would trigger 4 hours later using this method -
but use exactly the same value. It depends on the market and timeframe as to whether you could actually trade this. E.g. at the very end of a tradfi day your order won't get executed.
This behaviour mimics how security() itself updates, as is easy to see on the chart. If you don't want it, just set in_updateEarly to false. Then it matches option D exactly.
E: PineCoders' function, extended to get history: To see how this behaves, show options A and E. Set the {H} value in the settings to 0, then 1.
I modified the original function to be able to get historical values. In all other respects it is the same.
Apart from not having the option to update earlier, the only disadvantage of this method vs this library function is that it requires one security() call for each historical operator.
For example, if you wanted live data, and fixed data, and fixed data one bar back, you would need 3 security() calls. My library function requires just one.
This is the essential tradeoff: extra complexity and less robustness in certain circumstances (the PineCoders function is simple and universal by comparison) for more flexibility with fewer security() calls.
taLibrary "ta"
█ OVERVIEW
This library holds technical analysis functions calculating values for which no Pine built-in exists.
Look first. Then leap.
█ FUNCTIONS
cagr(entryTime, entryPrice, exitTime, exitPrice)
It calculates the "Compound Annual Growth Rate" between two points in time. The CAGR is a notional, annualized growth rate that assumes all profits are reinvested. It only takes into account the prices of the two end points — not drawdowns, so it does not calculate risk. It can be used as a yardstick to compare the performance of two instruments. Because it annualizes values, the function requires a minimum of one day between the two end points (annualizing returns over smaller periods of times doesn't produce very meaningful figures).
Parameters:
entryTime : The starting timestamp.
entryPrice : The starting point's price.
exitTime : The ending timestamp.
exitPrice : The ending point's price.
Returns: CAGR in % (50 is 50%). Returns `na` if there is not >=1D between `entryTime` and `exitTime`, or until the two time points have not been reached by the script.
█ v2, Mar. 8, 2022
Added functions `allTimeHigh()` and `allTimeLow()` to find the highest or lowest value of a source from the first historical bar to the current bar. These functions will not look ahead; they will only return new highs/lows on the bar where they occur.
allTimeHigh(src)
Tracks the highest value of `src` from the first historical bar to the current bar.
Parameters:
src : (series int/float) Series to track. Optional. The default is `high`.
Returns: (float) The highest value tracked.
allTimeLow(src)
Tracks the lowest value of `src` from the first historical bar to the current bar.
Parameters:
src : (series int/float) Series to track. Optional. The default is `low`.
Returns: (float) The lowest value tracked.
█ v3, Sept. 27, 2022
This version includes the following new functions:
aroon(length)
Calculates the values of the Aroon indicator.
Parameters:
length (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars (length).
Returns: ( [float, float ]) A tuple of the Aroon-Up and Aroon-Down values.
coppock(source, longLength, shortLength, smoothLength)
Calculates the value of the Coppock Curve indicator.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
longLength (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars for the fast ROC value (length).
shortLength (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars for the slow ROC value (length).
smoothLength (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars for the weigted moving average value (length).
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
dema(source, length)
Calculates the value of the Double Exponential Moving Average (DEMA).
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
Returns: (float) The double exponentially weighted moving average of the `source`.
dema2(src, length)
An alternate Double Exponential Moving Average (Dema) function to `dema()`, which allows a "series float" length argument.
Parameters:
src : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length : (series int/float) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
Returns: (float) The double exponentially weighted moving average of the `src`.
dm(length)
Calculates the value of the "Demarker" indicator.
Parameters:
length (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars (length).
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
donchian(length)
Calculates the values of a Donchian Channel using `high` and `low` over a given `length`.
Parameters:
length (int) : (series int) Number of bars (length).
Returns: ( [float, float, float ]) A tuple containing the channel high, low, and median, respectively.
ema2(src, length)
An alternate ema function to the `ta.ema()` built-in, which allows a "series float" length argument.
Parameters:
src : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length : (series int/float) Number of bars (length).
Returns: (float) The exponentially weighted moving average of the `src`.
eom(length, div)
Calculates the value of the Ease of Movement indicator.
Parameters:
length (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars (length).
div (simple int) : (simple int) Divisor used for normalzing values. Optional. The default is 10000.
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
frama(source, length)
The Fractal Adaptive Moving Average (FRAMA), developed by John Ehlers, is an adaptive moving average that dynamically adjusts its lookback period based on fractal geometry.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (int) : (series int) Number of bars (length).
Returns: (float) The fractal adaptive moving average of the `source`.
ft(source, length)
Calculates the value of the Fisher Transform indicator.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars (length).
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
ht(source)
Calculates the value of the Hilbert Transform indicator.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
ichimoku(conLength, baseLength, senkouLength)
Calculates values of the Ichimoku Cloud indicator, including tenkan, kijun, senkouSpan1, senkouSpan2, and chikou. NOTE: offsets forward or backward can be done using the `offset` argument in `plot()`.
Parameters:
conLength (int) : (series int) Length for the Conversion Line (Tenkan). The default is 9 periods, which returns the mid-point of the 9 period Donchian Channel.
baseLength (int) : (series int) Length for the Base Line (Kijun-sen). The default is 26 periods, which returns the mid-point of the 26 period Donchian Channel.
senkouLength (int) : (series int) Length for the Senkou Span 2 (Leading Span B). The default is 52 periods, which returns the mid-point of the 52 period Donchian Channel.
Returns: ( [float, float, float, float, float ]) A tuple of the Tenkan, Kijun, Senkou Span 1, Senkou Span 2, and Chikou Span values. NOTE: by default, the senkouSpan1 and senkouSpan2 should be plotted 26 periods in the future, and the Chikou Span plotted 26 days in the past.
ift(source)
Calculates the value of the Inverse Fisher Transform indicator.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
kvo(fastLen, slowLen, trigLen)
Calculates the values of the Klinger Volume Oscillator.
Parameters:
fastLen (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the fast moving average smoothing parameter calculation.
slowLen (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the slow moving average smoothing parameter calculation.
trigLen (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the trigger moving average smoothing parameter calculation.
Returns: ( [float, float ]) A tuple of the KVO value, and the trigger value.
pzo(length)
Calculates the value of the Price Zone Oscillator.
Parameters:
length (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
rms(source, length)
Calculates the Root Mean Square of the `source` over the `length`.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (int) : (series int) Number of bars (length).
Returns: (float) The RMS value.
rwi(length)
Calculates the values of the Random Walk Index.
Parameters:
length (simple int) : (simple int) Lookback and ATR smoothing parameter length.
Returns: ( [float, float ]) A tuple of the `rwiHigh` and `rwiLow` values.
stc(source, fast, slow, cycle, d1, d2)
Calculates the value of the Schaff Trend Cycle indicator.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
fast (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the MACD fast smoothing parameter calculation.
slow (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the MACD slow smoothing parameter calculation.
cycle (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars for the Stochastic values (length).
d1 (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the initial %D smoothing parameter calculation.
d2 (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the final %D smoothing parameter calculation.
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
stochFull(periodK, smoothK, periodD)
Calculates the %K and %D values of the Full Stochastic indicator.
Parameters:
periodK (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars for Stochastic calculation. (length).
smoothK (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars for smoothing of the %K value (length).
periodD (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars for smoothing of the %D value (length).
Returns: ( [float, float ]) A tuple of the slow %K and the %D moving average values.
stochRsi(lengthRsi, periodK, smoothK, periodD, source)
Calculates the %K and %D values of the Stochastic RSI indicator.
Parameters:
lengthRsi (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the RSI smoothing parameter calculation.
periodK (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars for Stochastic calculation. (length).
smoothK (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars for smoothing of the %K value (length).
periodD (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars for smoothing of the %D value (length).
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process. Optional. The default is `close`.
Returns: ( [float, float ]) A tuple of the slow %K and the %D moving average values.
supertrend(factor, atrLength, wicks)
Calculates the values of the SuperTrend indicator with the ability to take candle wicks into account, rather than only the closing price.
Parameters:
factor (float) : (series int/float) Multiplier for the ATR value.
atrLength (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the ATR smoothing parameter calculation.
wicks (simple bool) : (simple bool) Condition to determine whether to take candle wicks into account when reversing trend, or to use the close price. Optional. Default is false.
Returns: ( [float, int ]) A tuple of the superTrend value and trend direction.
szo(source, length)
Calculates the value of the Sentiment Zone Oscillator.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
t3(source, length, vf)
Calculates the value of the Tilson Moving Average (T3).
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
vf (simple float) : (simple float) Volume factor. Affects the responsiveness.
Returns: (float) The Tilson moving average of the `source`.
t3Alt(source, length, vf)
An alternate Tilson Moving Average (T3) function to `t3()`, which allows a "series float" `length` argument.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (float) : (series int/float) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
vf (simple float) : (simple float) Volume factor. Affects the responsiveness.
Returns: (float) The Tilson moving average of the `source`.
tema(source, length)
Calculates the value of the Triple Exponential Moving Average (TEMA).
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
Returns: (float) The triple exponentially weighted moving average of the `source`.
tema2(source, length)
An alternate Triple Exponential Moving Average (TEMA) function to `tema()`, which allows a "series float" `length` argument.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (float) : (series int/float) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
Returns: (float) The triple exponentially weighted moving average of the `source`.
trima(source, length)
Calculates the value of the Triangular Moving Average (TRIMA).
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (int) : (series int) Number of bars (length).
Returns: (float) The triangular moving average of the `source`.
trima2(src, length)
An alternate Triangular Moving Average (TRIMA) function to `trima()`, which allows a "series int" length argument.
Parameters:
src : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length : (series int) Number of bars (length).
Returns: (float) The triangular moving average of the `src`.
trix(source, length, signalLength, exponential)
Calculates the values of the TRIX indicator.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
signalLength (simple int) : (simple int) Length for smoothing the signal line.
exponential (simple bool) : (simple bool) Condition to determine whether exponential or simple smoothing is used. Optional. The default is `true` (exponential smoothing).
Returns: ( [float, float, float ]) A tuple of the TRIX value, the signal value, and the histogram.
uo(fastLen, midLen, slowLen)
Calculates the value of the Ultimate Oscillator.
Parameters:
fastLen (simple int) : (series int) Number of bars for the fast smoothing average (length).
midLen (simple int) : (series int) Number of bars for the middle smoothing average (length).
slowLen (simple int) : (series int) Number of bars for the slow smoothing average (length).
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
vhf(source, length)
Calculates the value of the Vertical Horizontal Filter.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars (length).
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
vi(length)
Calculates the values of the Vortex Indicator.
Parameters:
length (simple int) : (simple int) Number of bars (length).
Returns: ( [float, float ]) A tuple of the viPlus and viMinus values.
vzo(length)
Calculates the value of the Volume Zone Oscillator.
Parameters:
length (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
williamsFractal(period)
Detects Williams Fractals.
Parameters:
period (int) : (series int) Number of bars (length).
Returns: ( [bool, bool ]) A tuple of an up fractal and down fractal. Variables are true when detected.
wpo(length)
Calculates the value of the Wave Period Oscillator.
Parameters:
length (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
Returns: (float) The oscillator value.
█ v7, Nov. 2, 2023
This version includes the following new and updated functions:
atr2(length)
An alternate ATR function to the `ta.atr()` built-in, which allows a "series float" `length` argument.
Parameters:
length (float) : (series int/float) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
Returns: (float) The ATR value.
changePercent(newValue, oldValue)
Calculates the percentage difference between two distinct values.
Parameters:
newValue (float) : (series int/float) The current value.
oldValue (float) : (series int/float) The previous value.
Returns: (float) The percentage change from the `oldValue` to the `newValue`.
donchian(length)
Calculates the values of a Donchian Channel using `high` and `low` over a given `length`.
Parameters:
length (int) : (series int) Number of bars (length).
Returns: ( [float, float, float ]) A tuple containing the channel high, low, and median, respectively.
highestSince(cond, source)
Tracks the highest value of a series since the last occurrence of a condition.
Parameters:
cond (bool) : (series bool) A condition which, when `true`, resets the tracking of the highest `source`.
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process. Optional. The default is `high`.
Returns: (float) The highest `source` value since the last time the `cond` was `true`.
lowestSince(cond, source)
Tracks the lowest value of a series since the last occurrence of a condition.
Parameters:
cond (bool) : (series bool) A condition which, when `true`, resets the tracking of the lowest `source`.
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process. Optional. The default is `low`.
Returns: (float) The lowest `source` value since the last time the `cond` was `true`.
relativeVolume(length, anchorTimeframe, isCumulative, adjustRealtime)
Calculates the volume since the last change in the time value from the `anchorTimeframe`, the historical average volume using bars from past periods that have the same relative time offset as the current bar from the start of its period, and the ratio of these volumes. The volume values are cumulative by default, but can be adjusted to non-accumulated with the `isCumulative` parameter.
Parameters:
length (simple int) : (simple int) The number of periods to use for the historical average calculation.
anchorTimeframe (simple string) : (simple string) The anchor timeframe used in the calculation. Optional. Default is "D".
isCumulative (simple bool) : (simple bool) If `true`, the volume values will be accumulated since the start of the last `anchorTimeframe`. If `false`, values will be used without accumulation. Optional. The default is `true`.
adjustRealtime (simple bool) : (simple bool) If `true`, estimates the cumulative value on unclosed bars based on the data since the last `anchor` condition. Optional. The default is `false`.
Returns: ( [float, float, float ]) A tuple of three float values. The first element is the current volume. The second is the average of volumes at equivalent time offsets from past anchors over the specified number of periods. The third is the ratio of the current volume to the historical average volume.
rma2(source, length)
An alternate RMA function to the `ta.rma()` built-in, which allows a "series float" `length` argument.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values to process.
length (float) : (series int/float) Length for the smoothing parameter calculation.
Returns: (float) The rolling moving average of the `source`.
supertrend2(factor, atrLength, wicks)
An alternate SuperTrend function to `supertrend()`, which allows a "series float" `atrLength` argument.
Parameters:
factor (float) : (series int/float) Multiplier for the ATR value.
atrLength (float) : (series int/float) Length for the ATR smoothing parameter calculation.
wicks (simple bool) : (simple bool) Condition to determine whether to take candle wicks into account when reversing trend, or to use the close price. Optional. Default is `false`.
Returns: ( [float, int ]) A tuple of the superTrend value and trend direction.
vStop(source, atrLength, atrFactor)
Calculates an ATR-based stop value that trails behind the `source`. Can serve as a possible stop-loss guide and trend identifier.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values that the stop trails behind.
atrLength (simple int) : (simple int) Length for the ATR smoothing parameter calculation.
atrFactor (float) : (series int/float) The multiplier of the ATR value. Affects the maximum distance between the stop and the `source` value. A value of 1 means the maximum distance is 100% of the ATR value. Optional. The default is 1.
Returns: ( [float, bool ]) A tuple of the volatility stop value and the trend direction as a "bool".
vStop2(source, atrLength, atrFactor)
An alternate Volatility Stop function to `vStop()`, which allows a "series float" `atrLength` argument.
Parameters:
source (float) : (series int/float) Series of values that the stop trails behind.
atrLength (float) : (series int/float) Length for the ATR smoothing parameter calculation.
atrFactor (float) : (series int/float) The multiplier of the ATR value. Affects the maximum distance between the stop and the `source` value. A value of 1 means the maximum distance is 100% of the ATR value. Optional. The default is 1.
Returns: ( [float, bool ]) A tuple of the volatility stop value and the trend direction as a "bool".
Removed Functions:
allTimeHigh(src)
Tracks the highest value of `src` from the first historical bar to the current bar.
allTimeLow(src)
Tracks the lowest value of `src` from the first historical bar to the current bar.
trima2(src, length)
An alternate Triangular Moving Average (TRIMA) function to `trima()`, which allows a
"series int" length argument.
Realtime Delta Volume Action [LucF]█ OVERVIEW
This indicator displays on-chart, realtime, delta volume and delta ticks information for each bar. It aims to provide traders who trade price action on small timeframes with volume and tick information gathered as updates come in the chart's feed. It builds its own candles, which are optimized to display volume delta information. It only works in realtime.
█ WARNING
This script is intended for traders who can already profitably trade discretionary on small timeframes. The high cost in fees and the excitement of trading at small timeframes have ruined many newcomers to trading. While trading at small timeframes can work magic for adrenaline junkies in search of thrills rather than profits, I DO NOT recommend it to most traders. Only seasoned discretionary traders able to factor in the relatively high cost of such a trading practice can ever hope to take money out of markets in that type of environment, and I would venture they account for an infinitesimal percentage of traders. If you are a newcomer to trading, AVOID THIS TOOL AT ALL COSTS — unless you are interested in experimenting with the interpretation of volume delta combined with price action. No tool currently available on TradingView provides this type of close monitoring of volume delta information, but if you are not already trading small timeframes profitably, please do not let yourself become convinced that it is the missing piece you needed. Avoid becoming a sucker who only contributes by providing liquidity to markets.
The information calculated by the indicator cannot be saved on charts, nor can it be recalculated from historical bars.
If you refresh the chart or restart the script, the accumulated information will be lost.
█ FEATURES
Key values
The script displays the following key values:
• Above the bar: ticks delta (DT), the total ticks for the bar, the percentage of total ticks that DT represents (DT%)
• Below the bar: volume delta (DV), the total volume for the bar, the percentage of total volume that DV represents (DV%).
Candles
Candles are composed of four components:
1. A top shaped like this: ┴, and a bottom shaped like this: ┬ (picture a normal Japanese candle without a body outline; the values used are the same).
2. The candle bodies are filled with the bull/bear color representing the polarity of DV. The intensity of the body's color is determined by the DV% value.
When DV% is 100, the intensity of the fill is brightest. This plays well in interpreting the body colors, as the smaller, less significant DV% values will produce less vivid colors.
3. The bright-colored borders of the candle bodies occur on "strong bars", i.e., bars meeting the criteria selected in the script's inputs, which you can configure.
4. The POC line is a small horizontal line that appears to the left of the candle. It is the volume-weighted average of all price updates during the bar.
Calculations
This script monitors each realtime update of the chart's feed. It first determines if price has moved up or down since the last update. The polarity of the price change, in turn, determines the polarity of the volume and tick for that specific update. If price does not move between consecutive updates, then the last known polarity is used. Using this method, we can calculate a running volume delta and ticks delta for the bar, which becomes the bar's final delta values when the bar closes (you can inspect values of elapsed realtime bars in the Data Window or the indicator's values). Note that these values will all reset if the script re-executes because of a change in inputs or a chart refresh.
While this method of calculating is not perfect, it is by far the most precise way of calculating volume delta available on TradingView at the moment. Calculating more precise results would require scripts to have access to tick data from any chart timeframe. Charts at seconds timeframes do use exchange/broker ticks when the feeds you are using allow for it, and this indicator will run on them, but tick data is not yet available from higher timeframes. Also, note that the method used in this script is far superior to the intrabar inspection technique used on historical bars in my other "Delta Volume" indicators. This is because volume and ticks delta here are calculated from many more realtime updates than the available intrabars in history. Unfortunately, the calculation method used here cannot be used on historical bars, where intrabar inspection remains, in my opinion, the optimal method.
Inputs
The script's inputs provide many ways to personalize all the components: what is displayed, the colors used to display the information, and the marker conditions. Tooltips provide details for many of the inputs; I leave their exploration to you.
Markers
Markers provide a way for you to identify the points of interest of your choice on the chart. You control the set of conditions that trigger each of the five available markers.
You select conditions by entering, in the field for each marker, the number of each condition you want to include, separated by a comma. The conditions are:
1 — The bar's polarity is up/dn.
2 — `close` rises/falls ("rises" means it is higher than its value on the previous bar).
3 — DV's polarity is +/–.
4 — DV% rises (↕).
5 — POC rises/falls.
6 — The quantity of realtime updates rises (↕).
7 — DV > limit (You specify the limit in the inputs. Since DV can be +/–, DV– must be less than `–limit` for a short marker).
8 — DV% > limit (↕).
9 — DV+ rises for a long marker, DV– falls for a short.
10 — Consecutive DV+/DV– on two bars.
11 — Total volume rises (↕).
12 — DT's polarity is +/–.
13 — DT% rises (↕).
14 — DT+ rises for a long marker, DT– falls for a short.
Conditions showing the (↕) symbol do not have symmetrical states; they act more like filters. If you only include condition 4 in a marker's setup, for example, both long and short markers will trigger on bars where DV% rises. To trigger only long or short markers, you must add a condition providing directional differentiation, such as conditions 1 or 2. Accordingly, you would enter "1,4" or "2,4".
For a marker to trigger, ALL the conditions you specified for it must be met. Long markers appear on the chart as "Mx▲" signs under the values displayed below candles. Short markers display "Mx▼" over the number of updates displayed above candles. The marker's number will replace the "x" in "Mx▲". The script loads with five markers that will not trigger because no conditions are associated with them. To activate markers, you will need to select and enter the set of conditions you require for each one.
Alerts
You can configure alerts on this script. They will trigger whenever one of the configured markers triggers. Alerts do not repaint, so they trigger at the bar's close—which is also when the markers will appear.
█ HOW TO USE IT
As a rule, I do not prescribe expected use of my indicators, as traders have proved to be much more creative than me in using them. Additionally, I tend to think that if you expect detailed recommendations from me to be able to use my indicators, it's a sign you are in a precarious situation and should go back to the drawing board and master the necessary basics that will allow you to explore and decide for yourself if my indicators can be useful to you, and how you will use them. I will make an exception for this thing, as it presents fairly novel information. I will use simple logic to surmise potential uses, as contrary to most of my other indicators, I have NOT used this one to actually trade. Markets have a way of throwing wrenches in our seemingly bullet-proof rationalizing, so drive cautiously and please forgive me if the pointers I share here don't pan out.
The first thing to do is to disable your normal bars. You can do this by clicking on the eye icon that appears when you hover over the symbol's name in the upper-left corner of your chart.
The absolute value and polarity of DV mean little without perspective; that's why I include both total volume for the bar and the percentage that DV represents of that total volume. I interpret a low DV% value as indecision. If you share that opinion, you could, let's say, configure one of the markers on "DV% > 80%", for example (to do so you would enter "8" in the condition field of any marker, and "80" in the limit field for condition 8, below the marker conditions).
I also like to analyze price action on the bar with DV%. Small DV% values should often produce small candle bodies. If a small DV% value occurs on a bar with much movement and high volume, I'm thinking "tough battle with potential explosive power when one side wins". Conversely, large bodies with high DV% mean that large volume is breaching through multiple levels, or that nobody is suddenly willing to take the other side of a normal volume of trades.
I find the POC lines really interesting. First, they tell us the price point where the most significant action (taking into account both price occurrences AND volume) during the bar occurred. Second, they can be useful when compared against past values. Third, their color helps us in figuring out which ones are the most significant. Unsurprisingly, bunches of orange POCs tend to appear in consolidation zones, in pauses, and before reversals. It may be useful to often focus more on POC progression than on `close` values. This is not to say that OHLC values are not useful; looking, as is customary, for higher highs or lower lows, or for repeated tests of precise levels can of course still be useful. I do like how POCs add another dimension to chart readings.
What should you do with the ticks delta above bars? Old-time ticker tape readers paid attention to the sounds coming from it (the "ticker" moniker actually comes from the sound they made). They knew activity was picking up when the frequency of the "ticks" increased. My thinking is that the total number of ticks will help you in the same way, since increasing updates usually mean growing interest—and thus perhaps price movement, as increasing volatility or volume would lead us to surmise. Ticks delta can help you figure out when proportionally large, random orders come in from traders with other perspectives than the short-term price action you are typically working with when you use this tool. Just as volume delta, ticks delta are one more informational component that can help you confirm convergence when building your opinions on price action.
What are strong bars? They are an attempt to identify significance. They are like a default marker, except that instead of displaying "Mx▲/▼" below/above the bar, the candle's body is outlined in bright bull/bear color when one is detected. Strong bars require a respectable amount of conditions to be met (you can see and re-configure them in the inputs). Think of them as pushes rather than indications of an upcoming, strong and multi-bar move. Pushes do, for sure, often occur at the beginning of strong trends. You will often see a few strong bars occur at 2-3 bar intervals at the beginning or middle of trends. But they also tend to occur at tops/bottoms, which makes their interpretation problematic. Another pattern that you will see quite frequently is a final strong bar in the direction of the trend, followed a few bars later by another strong bar in the reverse direction. My summary analyses seemed to indicate these were perhaps good points where one could make a bet on an early, risky reversal entry.
The last piece of information displayed by the indicator is the color of the candle bodies. Three possible colors are used. Bull/bear is determined by the polarity of DV, but only when the bar's polarity matches that of DV. When it doesn't, the color is the divergence color (orange, by default). Whichever color is used for the body, its intensity is determined by the DV% value. Maximum intensity occurs when DV%=100, so the more significant DV% values generate more noticeable colors. Body colors can be useful when looking to confirm the convergence of other components. The visual effect this creates hopefully makes it easier to detect patterns on the chart.
One obvious methodology that comes to mind to trade with this tool would be to use another indicator like Technical Ratings at a higher timeframe to identify the larger context's trend, and then use this tool to identify entries for short-term trades in that direction.
█ NOTES AND RAMBLINGS
Instant Calculations
This indicator uses instant values calculated on the bar only. No moving averages or calculations involving historical periods are used. The only exception to this rule is in some of the marker conditions like "Two consecutive DV+ values", where information from the previous bar is used.
Trading Small vs Long Timeframes
I never trade discretionary at the 5sec–5min timeframes this indicator was designed to be used with; I trade discretionary at 1D, 1W and 1M timeframes, and let systems trade at smaller timeframes. The higher the timeframe you trade at, the fewer fees you will pay because you trade less and are not churning trading volume, as is inevitable at smaller timeframes. Trading at higher timeframes is also a good way to gain an instant edge on most of the trading crowd that has its nose to the ground and often tends to forget the big picture. It also makes for a much less demanding trading practice, where you have lots of time to research and build your long-term opinions on potential future outcomes. While the future is always uncertain, I believe trades riding on long-term trends have stronger underlying support from the reality outside markets.
To traders who will ask why I publish an indicator designed for small timeframes, let me say that my main purpose here is to showcase what can be done with Pine. I often see comments by coders who are obviously not aware of what Pine is capable of in 2021. Since its humble beginnings seven years ago, Pine has grown and become a serious programming language. TradingView's growing popularity and its ongoing commitment to keep Pine accessible to newcomers to programming is gradually making Pine more and more of a standard in indicator and strategy programming. The technical barriers to entry for traders interested in owning their trading practice by developing their personal tools to trade have never been so low. I am also publishing this script because I value volume delta information, and I present here what I think is an original way of analyzing it.
Performance
The script puts a heavy load on the Pine runtime and the charting engine. After running the script for a while, you will often notice your chart becoming less responsive, and your chart tab can take longer to activate when you go back to it after using other tabs. That is the reason I encourage you to set the number of historical values displayed on bars to the minimum that meets your needs. When your chart becomes less responsive because the script has been running on it for many hours, refreshing the browser tab will restart everything and bring the chart's speed back up. You will then lose the information displayed on elapsed bars.
Neutral Volume
This script represents a departure from the way I have previously calculated volume delta in my scripts. I used the notion of "neutral volume" when inspecting intrabar timeframes, for bars where price did not move. No longer. While this had little impact when using intrabar inspection because the minimum usable timeframe was 1min (where bars with zero movement are relatively infrequent), a more precise way was required to handle realtime updates, where multiple consecutive prices often have the same value. This will usually happen whenever orders are unable to move across the bid/ask levels, either because of slow action or because a large-volume bid/ask level is taking time to breach. In either case, the proper way to calculate the polarity of volume delta for those updates is to use the last known polarity, which is how I calculate now.
The Order Book
Without access to the order book's levels (the depth of market), we are limited to analyzing transactions that come in the TradingView feed for the chart. That does not mean the volume delta information calculated this way is irrelevant; on the contrary, much of the information calculated here is not available in trading consoles supplied by exchanges/brokers. Yet it's important to realize that without access to the order book, you are forfeiting the valuable information that can be gleaned from it. The order book's levels are always in movement, of course, and some of the information they contain is mere posturing, i.e., attempts to influence the behavior of other players in the market by traders/systems who will often remove their orders when price comes near their order levels. Nonetheless, the order book is an essential tool for serious traders operating at intraday timeframes. It can be used to time entries/exits, to explain the causes of particular price movements, to determine optimal stop levels, to get to know the traders/systems you are betting against (they tend to exhibit behavioral patterns only recognizable through the order book), etc. This tool in no way makes the order book less useful; I encourage all intraday traders to become familiar with it and avoid trading without one.